Anekal LPA Provisional ZR 2031

Master Plan

for

Anekal Local Planning Area

2031

Provisional Approval

Bangalore Metropolitan Region Development Authority

No 1, Ali Askar Road, Bangalore-560052

www.bmrda.kar.in

http://www.bmrda.kar.in/

Topic Pg No

LIST OF FIGURES

LIST OF TABLES

LIST OF MAPS

PREFACE A

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY E

SALIENT FEATURES OF ANEKAL LPA

PART I

1. INTRODUCTION 1

1.1 BACKGROUND 1

1.2 REGIONAL SETTING 2

1.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY AND CLIMATE 3

1.4 HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE 6

1.5 INTRODUCTION TO LPA 8

1.6 SCOPE AND LIMITATION 14

2. DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE AND ECONOMIC BASE 15

2.1 DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTER 15

2.2 ECONOMIC BASE 21

2.3 HERITAGE AND TOURISM 35

3. HOUSING AND URBAN POOR 38

3.1 HOUSING 38

3.2 HOUSING SHORTAGE / DEMAND 44

3.3 SLUMS 44

4. EXISTING LANDUSE AND TRANSPORTATION 46

4.1 EXISTING LANDUSE DISTRIBUTION 46

4.2 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION 51

5. INFRASTRUCTURE 55

5.1 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 55

5.2 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE 70

CONTENTS

6. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 78

6.1 POLLUTION: GENERATION AND CONSEQUENCES 78

6.2 RAIN WATER HARVESTING 79

6.3 DISASTER MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT ISSUES 80

7. PROBLEMS 81

8. VISUALISING THE FUTURE 83

8.1 INTERIM MASTER PLAN PROJECTIONS 83

8.2 POPULATION PROJECTION 84

8.3 HOUSING REQUIREMENTS 95

8.4 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 95

8.5 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENT 97

8.6 PARTICIPATORY APPROACH 98

8.7 S.W.O.T ANALYSIS 99

8.8 VISION 2031 99

9. MASTER PLAN PROPOSALS 101

9.1 COMPONENTS OF THE MASTER PLAN 101

9.2 MASTER PLAN OBJECTIVES 102

9.3 AREA REQUIREMENT 102

9.4 STRATEGY FOR OBTAINING LAND FOR PUBLIC PURPOSES 102

9.5 BASIC CONSIDERATION FOR PROPOSAL 103

9.6 MASTER PLAN PROPOSALS 104

9.6.1 PROPOSED LANDUSE PLAN 2031 104

9.6.2 PROPOSED TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION PLAN 2031 110

9.6.3 ROAD WIDENING AND BUILDING LINES 114

9.6.4 STRUCTURE PLAN POLICIES AND PROPOSALS 116

9.6.5 SECTORAL PROPOSALS 123

10. PHASING OF DEVELOPMENT 141

11. ENFORCEMENT, IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND

EVALUATION144

11.1 ACTIONS 144

11.2 MONITORING AND EVALUATION 146

11.3 FISCAL PLAN FOR 2031 147

PART II

12. ZONING REGULATIONS 149

12.1 INTRODUCTION 149

12.2 ZONING OF LAND USE 163

12.3 ZONING REGULATIONS: REGULATIONS FOR DIFFERENT USES

OF BUILDINGS182

12.4. SUB-DIVISION REGULATIONS 206

ANNEXURES i

Figure No Title Pg No

1.1 Location of Anekal LP in the BMR 21.2 Annual Direction of the Wind 1980-1997 41.3 Average Rainfall in 2000-2010 51.4 Anekal Taluk Annual Rain Fall(mm) 51.5 Monthly Variation of Temperature 62.1 Anekal TMC Population growth 172.2 Anekal LPA Population growth 172.3 Comparison of population in BMR, Bangalore Urban District and Anekal LPA 182.4 Urban-Rural population in the LPA 182.5 Literacy Rate in Anekal Taluk 202.6 Workforce distribution in the Anekal LPA 222.7 Gender wise distribution of Workers 222.8 Gender wise distribution of workers in each category, 232.9 Distribution of workforce in Urban Areas in Anekal LPA 232.10 Distribution of workforce in rural areas of Anekal LPA 242.11 Gender wise distribution of workforce in each category 242.12 Workforce distribution in Economic Activities in Anekal Taluk 252.13 Workforce distribution in Economic Activities in Anekal TMC 252.14 Land Utilization in Anekal 262.15 Distribution of Small scale industries in Anekal 272.16 Financial Institutions in Anekal Taluk 333.1 Household size in Bangalore Urban District 383.2 No of habitable rooms per dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban district 393.3 Floor material of dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban district 393.4 Wall material of dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban district 403.5 Roof material of dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban district 403.6 Available facilities in dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban district 414.1 Vehicular Statistics in Anekal Taluk 545.1 Distribution of households by availability of drinking water source 565.2 Distribution of households by location of drinking water source 565.3 Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal TMC 595.4 Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal LPA 595.5 Availability of sanitation facilities in Anekal taluk, 635.6 Electricity consumption in Anekal Taluk (in Lakh units) 695.7 Distribution of Educational facilities in Anekal Taluk 705.8 Infrastructure facilities in schools in Anekal district 715.9 Literacy rate in Anekal Taluk 725.10 Enrolment rate in Primary and Secondary classes in Anekal Taluk. 725.11 Distribution of school children in age group 6-14 735.12 Dropouts in Anekal Taluk 73

LIST OF FIGURES

5.13 Health care center in Anekal Taluk. 756.1 Disaster management Continuum 808.1 Anekal LPA population growth 858.2 Anekal TMC population growth 868.3 Projected population in Anekal LPA till 2031 918.4 Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal LPA 96

Table No Title Pg No

1.1 List of the villages and the town in Anekal 8

2.1 Population statistics 16

2.2 Comparative table: sex ratio 19

2.3 Comparative list population under of 0-6 years, 19

2.4 HDI composition 20

2.5 Sericulture statistics of Anekal Taluk 26

2.6 Details of MGNREGA Scheme 32

2.7 No of people benefitted by MGNREGA 33

3.1 Existing Residential Area in Anekal LPA 38

3.2 Organizational setup in the housing sector 41

3.3 Housing sites allotted under Ashraya Scheme till 2011 42

3.4 Houses constructed under Ashraya Scheme till 2011 42

3.5 Houses constructed under IAY in 2010-2011 43

3.6 Houses constructed under special scheme in 2010-2011 43

3.7 Houses constructed under special scheme in 2010-2011 43

3.8 Slums in Anekal TMC 44

4.1 Land utilisation in the LPA 46

4.2 Existing land use in the LPA 46

4.3 Existing Landuse distribution in Anekal P.D 47

4.4 Existing Landuse distribution in Attibele P.D 47

4.5 Existing Landuse distribution in Jigani P.D 49

4.6 Existing Landuse distribution in Sarjapura 50

4.7 Major road network in Anekal Taluk 52

4.8 Road inventory in Anekal Taluk 52

5.1 Water supply source for Anekal TMC 57

5.2 Water Supply standards CPHEEO 57

5.3 Present Domestic water requirement in Anekal LPA 58

5.4 Sewage generation in the LPA, 2011 63

5.5 Solid Waste generation in the LPA 67

5.6 Municipal Solid waste management data 67

5.7 Solid waste generation and landfill requirement 67

5.8 Pupil Teacher Ratio in Anekal Taluk 73

5.9 List of Healthcare programs in Anekal Taluk. 77

8.1 IMP Landuse analysis- 2021 83

8.2 Population growth rate in Anekal LPA 86

8.3 Population growth rate in Anekal TMC 86

8.4 Natural growth of population calculated through various statistical methods 87

8.5 Population projection of the villages of LPA (geometric growth) 88

LIST OF TABLES

8.6 Population in Anekal LPA, 2031 92

8.7 Proposed land use in the LPA 93

8.8 Population density in the LPA and Planning Districts 94

8.9 Housing demand and residential Area requirement 95

8.10 Sewerage generation in the LPA 2031 96

8.11 Solid waste generation and landfill requirement 97

8.12 Medical facility requirement till 2031 97

8.13 Educational facility requirement till 2031 98

9.1 Population in Anekal LPA 2021, 2031 102

9.2 Proposed Land Utilisation in the LPA 104

9.2a Proposed landuse Analysis of Anekal LPA 105

9.3 Proposed Landuse statistics – Anekal Planning District 106

9.4 Proposed Landuse statistics – Attibele Planning District 107

9.5 Proposed Landuse statistics –Jigani Planning District 108

9.6 Proposed Landuse statistics –Sarjapur Planning District 109

9.7 Road Inventory 113

9.8 Road Inventory BMR roads 114

9.9 Roads to be Widened 114

9.10 Building Line proposed for major roads 115

9.11 Structural Plan Policies- landuse 116

9.12 Structural Plan Policies- Economy 117

9.13 Structural Plan Policies- Housing 119

9.14 Structural Plan Policies- water supply and sanitation 120

9.15 Structural Plan Policies- power 121

9.16 Structural Plan Policies- solid waste management 121

9.17 Structural Plan Policies- education 122

9.18 Structural Plan Policies- health 122

9.19 Water cess for Industries as per CPCB 124

9.20 Phasing of population 2021, 2031 139

9.21 Phasing of Industrial Area development 139

9.22 Phasing of Residential Development 140

10.1 Phasing of population 2021, 2031 142

10.2 Phasing of development: Sarjapura Planning District 142

10.3 Phasing of development: Attibele Planning District 142

10.4 Phasing of development: Jigani Planning District 142

10.5 Phasing of development: Anekal Planning District 142

10.6 Landuse analysis of the area to be developed in phase-I in Anekal LPA 143

11.1 Financial Proposal for development of roads 147

11.2 Financial Proposal for Other Public Amenities 148

Sl No Map Name Map No

1 Location 1

2 Administrative Boundaries 2

3 Regional Setting 3

4 Climatological Studies 4

5 Ground Water Potential 5

6 Soil Classification 6

7 Forest Cover, Drainage and Water bodies 7

8 Demographic Studies 8

9 Civic Amenities & Facilities 9

10 Problem Map 10

11 Base Map 11

12 Existing Land Utilization - L.P.A 12

13 Existing Landuse Sarjapura Planning District 13

14 Existing Landuse Sarjapura Town 14

15 Existing Landuse Sarjapura Planning District SP1 15



18 Existing Landuse Attibele Planning District 18

19 Existing Landuse Attibele Town 19

20 Existing Landuse Attibele Planning District AT-1 20



23 Existing Landuse Jigani Planning District 23

24 Existing Landsue Jigani Town 24

25 Existing Landuse Jigani Planning District JI-1 25




29 Existing Landuse Anekal Planning District 29

30 Existing Landuse Anekal Town 30

31 Existing Landuse Anekal Planning District AN1 31





LIST OF MAPS


37 Proposed Land Utilization - L.P.A 37

38 Proposed Landuse - L.P.A 38

39 Proposed Landuse Sarjapura Planning District 39

40 Proposed Landuse Sarjapura Planning District SP1 40



43 Proposed Landuse Attibele Planning District 43

44 Proposed Landuse Attibele Planning District AT1 44



47 Proposed Landuse Jigani Planning District 47

48 Proposed Landuse Jigani Planning District JI 1 48




52 Proposed Landuse Anekal Planning District 52

53 Proposed Landuse Anekal Planning District AN1 53






59 Proposed Circulation Pattern 59

60 Phasing of Development 60

61 Phasing of Development Sarjapura Planning District 61

62 Phasing of Development Sarjapura Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 62

63 Phasing of Development Attibele Planning District 63

64 Phasing of Development Attibele Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 64

65 Phasing of Development Attibele Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 65

66 Phasing of Development Jigani Planning District 66

67 Phasing of Development Jigani Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 67

68 Phasing of Development Jigani Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 68

69 Phasing of Development Anekal Planning District 69

70 Phasing of Development Anekal Planning District 70

71 Phasing of Development Anekal Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 71

72 Phasing of Development Anekal Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 72

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Preface

Sky Group P a g e | A

PREFACE

Bangalore Metropolitan Region Development Authority prepared the Structure Plan (SP) for

Bangalore Metropolitan Region (BMR) with an inductive approach with the prime objective of

decentralising growth away from Bangalore to harness and constrain its increasing primacy in the

region, lessen the regional disparities and in the process relieve the developmental pressure within the

conurbation. The strategic issues considered to be key determinants to future growth patterns were

studies and summed up as follows:

How effectively the strategic intervention combinations would compliment the

achievement of the induced population growth targets and developmental interventions of

the preferred growth strategy.

How effectively they would counter anomalies and negative development trends identified

in the BMR.

The structure plan was intended to provide a generic model for formulation of such plans for other

regions in Karnataka besides providing a strategic policy framework for planning & development

control locally to ensure that provision of development is realistic and complements with national state

& regional policy guidelines and securing consistency between local plans for contiguous or

neighbouring areas.

Structure Plan has proposed five Area Planning Zones and Interstitial zones in the entire

Bangalore Metropolitan Region. For the purpose of planning and development of important and

potential zones, Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 has been extended to various Area

Planning Zones and Planning Authorities have been constituted for enforcing and regulating the

developments in these Local Planning Areas. With the increase of Bangalore’s population and spatial

spread in the last 2 decades owing to its increasing global recognition as a preferred IT destination.


Sky Group P a g e | B

With increasing outgrowth of Bangalore and the proposed population influx into the Anekal

Local Planning Area, BMRDA has rightly taken the preparation of Interim Master Plan to dovetail

the regional policies of development the local requirements of the ever-increasing population and as a

result guide & regulate urban growth for a planned & compatiable physical development of the region.

The preparation of Interim Master Plan started during 2006 and the govt. have approved the five

IMP’s provisionally in 2007 and finally approved them during 2009.

A Master Plan (MP) is defined as “A plan for the development and re-development of the

area within the jurisdiction of the planning authority”. The Master Plan has to be prepared not

later than 2 years from the declaration of the LPA as per Sec 9 of The KT & CP Act. According to

the Act the contents of a Master Plan are defined as follows.

Zoning of land use

Street pattern i.e. Circulation pattern

Area reservation for Parks/Playgrounds/Open Spaces

Area reservation for future developments

Reservation of land for the purposes of Central Govt., State Govt etc.

Declaring and framing regulations for areas of special control

Phasing of development

BMRDA prepared scientific base maps for the Local Planning Area by acquiring Quick Bird

data based on 2009 data as there were no proper base maps. The Planning Authorities incorporated all

approved lay outs and were finalised during 2012.

Government constituted a committee vides its G.O. dated 28-11-2012 under the chairmanship of

Metropolitan Commissioner to finalise the Master Plans for five Local Planning Areas and along with

some guidelines. The following were the members of the committee.


Sky Group P a g e | C

1. Metropolitan Commissioner Chairman

2. Commissioner, DULT, Govt. of Karnataka Member

3. Director of Town and Country Planning, Member

4. Additional Director of Town and Country Planning, BMRDA Member

5. Joint Secretary / Dy. Secretary, UD Member

6. Shri Sitaram, Cistup, IISc., Bangalore Member

7. Member-Convenor(member secretary) of concerned Planning Authorities Member

Meanwhile there was a petition in High court of Karnataka for delayed preparation of Master

Plans for BMRDA submitted an affidavit saying that the plans would be finalised by June 2012 and

subsequently another affidavit that it would be finalised on 31-1-2013. But, we could not finalise the

plans within date and immediately the committee met on 24-1-2013 and reviewed the progress made

in the preparation of Master Plans. During the discussion it was also observed that notification under

section 10/1 of Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 was not declared so far and it would

be further delayed if we notify it now (2 months) and therefore, it was decided that If BMRDA is to

prepare the Master Plans, then the notification under section 10/1 is not required. However, it was

opined that in one case law the govt. has to delegate/empower the preparation of Master Plans under

section 9/2 of Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961. Accordingly, BMRDA requested the

govt. and govt. have empowered the preparation of Master Plans for five Local Planning Areas to

BMRDA under section 9/2 Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 on 4-3-2013.

The committee formulated broad guidelines’ for the preparation of Master Plans and directed

the Authorities to work out the proposals based on:

1. Existing developments

2. Approved IMP

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Executive Summary

Sky Group P a g e | E

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Anekal Local Planning Area was declared by the BMRDA in 2006. It is located in the south-east

part of the Bangalore Metropolitan Region (BMR). The total extent of the LPA is 402.3 sqkm and

consists of 170 settlements consisting of 169 villages and Anekal TMC. The LPA is well connected by

the NH-7 connecting Bangalore with Hosur via Anekal LPA, NH-207 passing through the northern

half, SH-35 connecting Sarjapura with Anekal and SH-86 connecting Bannerghatta to Anekal and

beyond to Hosur. The Interim Master Plan of the LPA was commissioned in 2007. It was provisionally

approved in April 2007 and finally approved by the BMRDA in May 2009. The process of Master Plan

preparation started with the preparation of the Basemap and Existing Landuse Map which were

prepared by ROLTA India using 0.6m resolution Quickbird satellite Image. The maps were scrutinised

by the KSRAC and submitted to the BMRDA in 2012.

The Master Plan for the year 2031 is prepared to promote Anekal’s role as the counter magnet to

Bangalore. The LPA has a continuous boundary with the Bangalore Metropolitan Area (BMA) in the

north-west, with Hoskote LPA in the north-east and with Tamil Nadu in the South. The proximity to

Electronic City in Bangalore and Hosur Industrial Area in Tamil Nadu makes it one of the fastest

growing areas in the BMR. The LPA has an impressive state of infrastructure at present with the

healthcare hub at Chandapura and world class educational institutes that makes the LPA the choice

for residential base for people in Bangalore as well as Hosur. The Bangalore-Chennai Industrial

Corridor proposed to pass through Hoskote LPA would also see additional growth in the LPA.

There are four important growth nodes in Anekal LPA – Jigani-Bommasandra Industrial Area,

Attibele-Chandapura corridor, Anekal and Sarjapura. Likewise four planning Districts have been

constituted - Jigani, Anekal, Attibele and Sarjapura – for easier understanding and working.

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Executive Summary

Sky Group P a g e | F

The Jigani Planning District is characterised by numerous industries comprising of the Jigani-

Bommasandra KIADB industrial estate, granite, food processing and pharmaceutical industries. More

than 1000 Ha of industrial land are present in the Planning District. Anekal is the Taluk headquarter of

the Anekal Taluk as well as a Town Municipal Council as per Census. Main activity is residential with

public and semi-public use in the town core catering to the civic needs of a TMC. The Attibele

Planning District is the fastest developing area in the LPA. The Chandapura Healthcare hub has

some of the best medical institutions in the region, there are engineering and medical colleges and

other acclaimed educational institutions. The Bangalore Metro would extend to the Planning District in

future providing it greater connectivity with Bangalore. In addition there are service based IT

industries located along the NH-7 corridor. Sarjapura Planning District is the future of IT industries in

the LPA. There is a proposal of IT SEZ in the area and several other IT industries are in queue.

Uncontrolled urbanization, depletion of precious agricultural land and lack of perennial water source

are some of the major concerns of urbanization.

The Master Plan 2031 has been prepared to uphold the potential of the areas. There have been

considerable changes in the LPA under Section 14(a) and 14(a) 3. All changes and approved layouts

have been retained in the Master Plan proposal. Guidelines and standards have been followed and

additional landuse has been assigned scientifically.

The concept of ‘phasing of development’ has been introduced as required under section 12 (g) of

Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1861 to bring about gradual and compact development in

the Local Planning Area. The primary objective of act is to guide and regulate the developments

within the Local Planning Area in a phased manner so as to facilitate planning for the provision of

infrastructure services like water supply, sanitation, drainage, transport and social infrastructure.

1 Total Area of LPA 402.3 sqkm

2 LPA notification date 2006

3 Total no of villages in LPA 169

4 Total no of urban areas in LPA 1

5 Total no of settlements in LPA 170

6 District Bangalore Urban

7 Urban areas in the LPA Anekal TMC

8 Major growth nodesBommasandra-Jigani, Anekal, Attibele-

Chandapura & Sarjapura

9 Initiation of IMP preparation June 2006

10 Date of IMP provisional approval April 2007

11 Date of IMP final approval May 2009

12 Total existing developed area, 2012 70.13 sqkm

13 Existing population 2011 3.55 lakhs

14 Existing gross density 50 pph

15 Total urbanisable area proposed in IMP 2021 215.47 sqkm

16 Projected population as per IMP 2021 11 lakhs

17 Proposed density as per IMP 51 pph

18 Total urbanisable area proposed in MP 2031 233.17 sqkm

19 Projected population as per MP 2031 16 lakhs

20 Proposed density as per MP 2031 70 pph

21 Proposed residential density as per 2031 145 pph

22 Urbanisable Area phase 1 10869.71 Ha

23 Density phase 1 60pph

24 Urbanisable Area phase 2 12447.32 Ha

25 Density phase 2 77 pph

SALIENT FEATURES OF ANEKAL LPA

PART I

MASTER PLAN REPORT

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 1 | Introduction

Sky Group P a g e | 2

1.2 REGIONAL SETTING

The BMR is disaggregated into six local planning areas and the Bangalore Metropolitan area which

more or less coincides with the limits of the BBMP. There are six local planning areas in the BMR –

Anekal, Hoskote, Magadi, Kanakapura, BIAPA and Nelamangala.

In order to provide sectoral and spatial synergy a Structure Plan had been formulated for the BMR

which is more or less a regional perspective plan. The Structural Plan provides a framework for the

master plan of the Anekal LPA.

The vision and the growth directions stated in the SP 2011 had not been able to live up to the pace of

growth in the BMR. Hence a Revised Structure Plan (RSP) has been prepared for the region for the

year 2031, to provide strategic policy framework for planning, ensure sectoral development and

coordination and securing consistency

between the various local plans.

The Anekal LPA Master Plan is a 20 year

plan document that articulates spatial

proposals and sectoral policies addressing

the need of the region and forming a

sustainable vision for the future. It highlights

the vision of the SP 2031 for Anekal and

identifies the growth potentials and trends,

infrastructure gaps, projects and institutional

framework in the LPA. It proposes spatial

development directions as well as forms a

framework for various sectoral initiatives.

Fig 1.1: Location of Anekal LP in the BMR



1.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY AND CLIMATE

The Anekal LPA is 402.30 sqkm in area. The land consists of sloping terrain from South to North with

the hilly regions being in the south at Bannerghatta National Park and the Reserve Forest, slopping

towards DeshpandeGuttahalli in the North in Sarjapur Hobli. The slope is from an elevation of 920-

940 m above the MSL to 840-860 MSL.

SOIL AND GEOMORPHOLOGY

Laterite soils occur on undulating terrain forming plain to gently sloping topography of peninsular

gneissic region. It is mainly covered in Anekal taluk and western parts of Bangalore North and south

taluks.

Anekal lies in the seismically stable region, Zone II (encompassing parts of

Karnataka, Maharashtra, Kerala, Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh), the region has been untouched

by major seismic events. Only mild tremors have been recorded in the city.

CLIMATE

Due to its elevation, Anekal enjoys a pleasant and equable climate throughout the year. Winter

temperatures rarely drop below 11°C (52°F) and summer temperatures seldom exceed 36°C (97°F)

Anekal receives about 850 mm of rain annually, the wettest months being August September,

October and in that order. The summer heat is moderated by fairly frequent thunderstorms and

occasional squalls causing power outages and local flooding.

WIND DIRECTIONS

It is seen from the wind roses collected from the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) at

Bangalore that the wind direction is mostly east to west. In the morning i.e., 0830 hrs, the wind is

towards west during May to September and east during November to February. Whereas, in the

evening i.e.,17:30hrs, the wind blows towards west during June to September and east in November



to March. Hence, it can be taken that the wind generally blows towards west. The strongest winds

(>19 kmph) are observed in the months from June to August.

Figure 1.2: Annual Direction of the Wind 1980-1997

Source: www.imdbangalore.gov.in

It is also observed from figure 2.1 that the annual analysis of the wind direction indicates west and

east winds. The percentage wind from the north, however, slightly outweighs the one blowing from

south.

It is seen from the IMD data from 1951-80, that the mean wind speeds are greatest in the months of

June and July .According to the Wind Map of Karnataka, the LPA belongs to Low Damage Risk Zone.

Hence, the structure design of infrastructure in the LPA with respect to wind, loading may be taken

into consideration while planning and constructing high rise structures only. Further, the location of

industry, generally, should be located in a direction where wind force is going away from the human

habitation.

RAINFALL

The rainfall data shows that the yearly rainfall varies from 800 mm to about 1200 mm. Rainfall is

heaviest in the months of September and October.

A-LPA 26.9%

10.6%

1.6%

14.0%

28.0%

8.0%

2.1%

8.6%

N

S

W E



Figure 1.3: Average Rainfall in 2000-2010

Figure 1.4: Anekal Taluk Annual Rain Fall(mm)

TEMPERATURE

Average minimum temperature varies from 14°C in winter to 21ºC in summer. Maximum temperature

varies from 26°C in winter to 34°C in summer. The coldest months are December and January while

the hottest months are April and May as seen in the graph below.

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC

RA

INF

AL

L I

N M

M

Anekal taluk monthly Average Rainfall- 2000-2010

Anekal TalukAVG RAINFALL

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

Rain

fall

in

mm

Anekal Taluk Annual Rain Fall(mm)

Anekal TalukNormal RainFall(mm)

Anekal Taluk Annual RainFall(mm)



Figure 1.5: Monthly Variation of Temperature

1.4 HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE

History of Anekal dates back to fourth century of the Christian era. It formed part of the ancient

territorial division called Morasu-Nadu, Cholas, Hoysalas and Vijayanagar kings ruled over the area,

followed by the Wodeyars, Sugatur chiefs, Hyder and Tipu Sultan. Lithic epigraphs, memorial stones

erected for the fallen heroes (Veeragallu) and monumental structures in the form of temples stand as

testimony to these incidents. The town was founded in about ad. 1603 by the Palegar Chikka Thimme

Gowda of the Sugatur family. He had built a fort around to protect the place, developed the town by

adding additional constructions like temples and a large tank for supply of water-both for purposes of

irrigation and domestic needs of the residents. The sultan of Bijapur annexed Thimme Gowda’s

hereditary possessions of Hoskote, and granted him Anekal. During the period of Dodda Thimme

Gowda, grandson of Thimme Gowda, Anekal was annexed by the Wodeyars of Mysore. The Thimme

Gowda chief continued to pay tribute to Mysore, until Haidarali expelled the rulers, and Anekal

became an integral part of the kingdom of Mysore.

Chicka Thimme Gowda of Hosakote built the town of Anekal in the year 1603 A. D. The place is said

to derive its name from the fact that once a hailstone, huge as an elephant, fell on the place. Thimme

Gowda, son of Chicka Thimme Gowda, succeeded as ruler in 1633 A. D. After ruling for 20 years, he

retired installing his son, Dodda Thimme Gowda, in his place. During the latter's regime, Anekal

became a model town. It was later on annexed to the Mysore territory by the Mysore kings, and then

restored to the Gowda chiefs on the condition of their paying a tribute of 2,000 pagodas, annually.

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC

MIN 14.7 15.9 18.4 20.7 20.9 19.8 19.2 19.3 19 18.8 17 15.1

AVG 21 22.9 25.6 27.1 26.9 24.7 23.5 23.6 23.7 23.3 21.8 20.6

MAX 27.4 30 32.8 33.6 32.9 29.6 27.9 28 28.4 27.9 26.7 26.2

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Te

mep

art

ure

ºC

Anekal Taluk - Monthly Temperature (2012)



Dodda Thimme Gowda remained as chief till 1713 A. D. when his son, Veeranaryana Thimme

Gowda, succeeded him. Chenne Gowda came next, and his successors were weak administrators.

Haider Ali took over Anekal, and imprisoned its chief.. Later, the English released the imprisoned man

and sent him back to Anekal. This chief's descendents administered the tracts of country in British

India now known as Berikai, Punganur, and Sulagiri. DewanPurnaiya pensioned off these gowdas,

and granted them a pension of Rs. 225. Veera Chickaraya and his brother are now enjoying this

pension. Chikka Thimme Gowda built only a mud fort at first. He also built the temples of

Thimmarayaswami and Chennakesava Swami. The ruined temple of Mallikarjuna Swami, said to

have been originally built by Arjuna, one of the Pandava brothers, was renovated by this chief. He

constructed a large tank called the Thimmamhudbi Tank, which is now known as the Amani tank.

Seeing that the land was eminently suited for cultivation, Chicka Thimme Gowda brought much of it

under cultivation by setting many farmers there whom he brought from elsewhere. Indigo cultivation

weaving and dyeing thrived very well in Anekal. The farmers and artisans who were settled in those

days are represented now by their descendents who are to be found in Dommasandra and other

places in the Anekal Taluk.



1.5 INTRODUCTION TO LPA

The Anekal LPA had been declared by the Govt. of Karnataka in 2006. The LPA is located in the

south-western part of the BMR at 77° 42’ E and 12° 45’ N and comes under Bangalore Urban district.

It is located at an average distance of 35 km from Bangalore city. The major settlements in the LPA

are Anekal, Attibele, Bommasandra, Jigani, Sarjapur and Chandapura. Anekal is the only TMC in the

LPA.

The NH 7 is the major connector that passes through the LPA linking the LPA to Bangalore city and

Hosur. Railway line passes through the LPA connecting Bangalore and Chennai. The total area of

the LPA is 402.3 sqkm. It comprises of the Anekal Taluk. It consists of 169 villages and one TMC

and has a total population of 3.55 lakhs1. The total urban population in the LPA is 45,0002. The list of

the villages and the town are given in the table below.

Table1.1: List of the villages and the town in Anekal

Sl. No. VILLAGE NAME HOBLI

1 A MEDIHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

2 ADIGARAKALLAHALLI SARJAPURA

3 ADIGONDANAHALLI ATTIBELE

4 ADUR KASABA(ANEKAL)

5 AGASATHIMMANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

6 ALI BOMMASANDRA SARJAPURA

7 AMANIBIDARAKERE (B) JIGANI

8 AMANIDODDAKERE (B) KASABA(ANEKAL)

9 ANDAPURA ATTIBELE

10 ANEKAL - RURAL ANEKAL - TMC

11 ANEKAL - TMC ANEKAL - TMC

12 ARAVANTIGEPURA KASABA(ANEKAL)

13 AREHALLI ATTIBELE

14 ARENUR ATTIBELE

15 ATTIBELE ATTIBELE

16 AVADADENAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

17 BAGGANADODDI KASABA(ANEKAL)

18 BALAGARANAHALLI ATTIBELE

19 BALLUR ATTIBELE

20 BANAHALLI SARJAPURA

21 BANAHALLI ATTIBELE

22 BANDENALLA SANDRA JIGANI

23 BENDIGANAHALLI ATTIBELE

24 BESTAMMANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

25 BHAKTIPURA ATTIBELE

1Census 2011

2Anekal TMC population



26 BIDARAGERE KASABA(ANEKAL)

27 BIDARAGUPPE ATTIBELE

28 BIDARAKADAHALLI (B) KASABA(ANEKAL)

29 BIKKANAHALLI SARJAPURA

30 BILCHIKKANAHALLI SARJAPURA

31 BILLAPURA SARJAPURA

32 BOMMANDAHALLI JIGANI

33 BOMMASANDRA ATTIBELE

34 BUKKASAGARA JIGANI

35 BURAGUNTE SARJAPURA

36 BYAGADADENAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

37 BYALAHALLI SARJAPURA

38 CHAMBENAHALLI SARJAPURA

39 CHANDAPURA ATTIBELE

40 CHANNENA AGRAHARA KASABA(ANEKAL)

41 CHIKKAHAGADE KASABA(ANEKAL)

42 CHIKKAHOSAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

43 CHIKKADASARAHALLI SARJAPURA

44 CHIKKADUNNASANDRA SARJAPURA

45 CHIKKANAHALLI ATTIBELE

46 CHIKKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

47 CHIKKANAHATTI (B) KASABA(ANEKAL)

48 CHIKKATHIMMASANDRA SARJAPURA

49 CHUDENAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

50 DASANAPURA ATTIBELE

51 DESHAPANDEGUTTAHALLI SARJAPURA

52 DODDAHAGADE KASABA(ANEKAL)

53 DODDATHIMMASANDRA SARJAPURA

54 DYAVASANDRA JIGANI

55 GERATIGANABELE KASABA(ANEKAL)

56 GIDDENAHALLI JIGANI

57 GIDDENAHALLI (B) ATTIBELE

58 GONIGHATTAPURA SARJAPURA

59 GOPASANDRA SARJAPURA

60 GOWRENAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

61 GUDDAHATTI ATTIBELE

62 GUDIGHATTANAHALLI (B) SARJAPURA

63 GUDNAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

64 HALDENAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

65 HALEHALLI ATTIBELE

66 HANDENAHALLI SARJAPURA

67 HARAGADDE JIGANI

68 HARAPANAHALLI JIGANI

69 HASARUVANI (B) KASABA(ANEKAL)

70 HEELALIGE ATTIBELE

71 HENNAGARA JIGANI



72 HINNAKKI JIGANI

73 HOMPALAGHATTA KASABA(ANEKAL)

74 HONNAKALASAPURA KASABA(ANEKAL)

75 HOSAHALLI JIGANI

76 I.BINGIPURA JIGANI

77 IGGALUR ATTIBELE

78 INDLABELE ATTIBELE

79 INDLAWADI KASABA(ANEKAL)

80 INDLAWADIPURA KASABA(ANEKAL)

81 ITCHANGUR ATTIBELE

82 ITTANGUR SARJAPURA

83 JANTHAGONDANAHALLI SARJAPURA

84 JIGALA ATTIBELE

85 JIGANI JIGANI

86 KACHANAIKANAHALLI JIGANI

87 KADAGRAHARA SARJAPURA

88 KADAJAKKANAHALLI JIGANI

89 KALANAIKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

90 KALBALU JIGANI

91 KAMANAHALLI SARJAPURA

92 KAMBLIPURA ATTIBELE

93 KAMMASANDRA ATTIBELE

94 KAMMASANDRA AGRAHARA KASABA(ANEKAL)

95 KARPUR KASABA(ANEKAL)

96 KAVALHOSAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

97 KEMPAVADERAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

98 KITTAGANAHALLI ATTIBELE

99 KODLIPURA ATTIBELE

100 KONASANDRA JIGANI

101 KOPPA JIGANI

102 KOTIGANAHALLI SARJAPURA

103 KRISHNASAGARA ATTIBELE

104 KUGUR SARJAPURA

105 KUMBARANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

106 KUNMADIVALA KASABA(ANEKAL)

107 KURUBARAHATTI KASABA(ANEKAL)

108 KUTHAGANAHALLI SARJAPURA

109 KYALASANAHALLI JIGANI

110 LAXMISAGARA ATTIBELE

111 LINGAPURA KASABA(ANEKAL)

112 M.MEDIHALLI ATTIBELE

113 MADAPPANAHALLI SARJAPURA

114 MADIVALA KASABA(ANEKAL)

115 MAHALCHOWDADENAHALLI SARJAPURA

116 MAHANTHALINGAPURA JIGANI

117 MANCHANAHALLI ATTIBELE



118 MARANAIKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

119 MARASUR KASABA(ANEKAL)

120 MARASUR AGRAHARA KASABA(ANEKAL)

121 MATTANAHALLI SARJAPURA

122 MAYASANDRA ATTIBELE

123 MENASIGANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

124 MUGALUR SARJAPURA

125 MUTHAGATTI KASABA(ANEKAL)

126 MUTHANALLUR SARJAPURA

127 MUTHANALLURAMANIKERE (B) SARJAPURA

128 MUTHASANDRA ATTIBELE

129 NAGEN AGRAHARA SARJAPURA

130 NARAYANAGHATTA SARJAPURA

131 NERALUR ATTIBELE

132 NERIGA SARJAPURA

133 NOSENUR JIGANI

134 NOSENURGOLLAHALLI JIGANI

135 PANDITANA AGRAHARA SARJAPURA

136 PATNAGEREGOLLAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

137 RACHAMANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

138 RAGIHALLI JIGANI

139 RAJAPURA JIGANI

140 RAMAKRISHNAPURA ATTIBELE

141 RAMASAGARA ATTIBELE

142 S.MEDIHALLI SARJAPURA

143 SAMANAHALLI SARJAPURA

144 SAMANDUR KASABA(ANEKAL)

145 SARJAPURA SARJAPURA

146 SEEGANAIKANAHALLI SARJAPURA

147 SEETHANAIKANAHALLI JIGANI

148 SHIVANAHALLI JIGANI

149 SIDIHOSAKOTE KASABA(ANEKAL)

150 SINGASANDRA KASABA(ANEKAL)

151 SOLLEPURA SARJAPURA

152 SOLUR KASABA(ANEKAL)

153 SOMPURA SARJAPURA

154 SONNANAYAKANAPURA KASABA(ANEKAL)

155 SOPPAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

156 SUBMANGALA KASABA(ANEKAL)

157 SUNAVARA KASABA(ANEKAL)

158 SURAGAJAKKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

159 TELAGARAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

160 THAMMANAIKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

161 THATTANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

162 THIMMASANDRA KASABA(ANEKAL)

163 THINDLU SARJAPURA



164 THIRUMAGONDANAHALLI ATTIBELE

165 VADERAMANCHANAHALLI JIGANI

166 VANAKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

167 VOLAGEREKALLAHALLI SARJAPURA

168 YADAVANAHALLI ATTIBELE

169 YAMARE SARJAPURA

170 YARANDAHALLI JIGANI

APPROACH AND WORKFLOW

APPROACH

Master Plan for ANEKAL LPA is prepared within the framework of the BMR Revised Structure Plan

2031. The growth potentials and issues of urbanisation have been analysed to arrive at development

strategies. Nevertheless, a deductive approach has been adopted for forming the sectoral policies

after due analysis of their potential, development trends and environmental sustainability.

WORKFLOW

The workflow ensued for the preparation of the Mater Plan for Anekal Local Planning Area is as

follows:

- Basemap was prepared using 0.6mQuickbird image

- The existing land use was updated into the database using field survey.

- IMP land use was integrated into the database using the new basemap as reference.

- Deviations on ground with the IMP data were checked, verified and updated.

- Secondary and Primary data for population, development trends, land utilisation, housing,

utility and services were collected and analysed

- Population forecast was made for the horizon year 2031 calculating natural increase and

increase in population due to employment opportunities.

- Economic potential was assessed and industrial forecasts for the LPA were made.

- Assessment of infrastructure status for physical infrastructure like water supply, drainage and

sanitation and social infrastructure like education and health were done for an appraisal of the

features.

- Gaps in the service deliver were assessed and trend of development was studied



- Strategy of development was developed considering the development trends, potential and

constraints in the LPA.

- Spatial and sectoral proposals were then formulated.

WORKFLOW FOR PREPARATION OF MASTER PLAN

Preparation of Basemap from 0.6mQuickbird satellite image

Integration of IMP Land use, Circulation pattern etc

Updating of existing landuse data – Existing landuse Map preparation

Rectification of deviation between IMP data and ground data (field check)

Secondary and Primary data collection for Population, Development trends, Land utilization, Housing and Slums, utility and services, Community facilities, Circulation pattern, Traffic and Transportation, Environment

Population forecasts Economic

forecasts

Distribution of population based on economic potential

Assessment of present infrastructure status and Analysis of gaps and trend of development

Estimation of requirements

Sectoral proposals

Spatial proposals

Draft Report

Final Report

Development Strategy



1.6 SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS

The Master Plan provides scope to redefine circulation pattern and landuse of the LPA in accordance

with the present trend of development. Existing problems of the study area has been addressed and

best possible solution has been provided for them.

The Limitations of the Master Plan process are as follows:

1. Lack of primary household data and primary traffic survey data.

2. Since a lot of development have already taken place in the form of Approved Layouts, KHB

layouts, CLU under section 14 (A) and 14 (A)3, future planning has to be done in

consideration with the existing development which might prevent total scientific planning.

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 2 |Demographic Profile and Economic Base


CHAPTER 2

DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE AND ECONOMIC BASE

2.1 DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTER

INTRODUCTION

Demography is the study of human population with respect to size, composition, spatial distribution,

and changes in the populationthat occur over time. Future growth scenarios, infrastructure

requirements and utilisation of human resource for different sectors depend on the population of an

area. Hence study of population – size, composition and distribution is important to Planning.

Size of the population gives an overall dimension of the physical environment and supplies a basic

yardstick for the estimation of space requirements for various categories of land use.

Studies of population composition extend this analysis to qualitative considerations like age groups,

household sizes, income levels, and needs of each segment of the life cycle. They can be used to

assist in determining the space required for facilities for all segments of the population.

Analysis of population distribution provides clues as to how these various land uses and facilities

should be located in the urban area.

The population of Anekal LPA, as per census 2011 and other thematic data from census 2001 has

been studied and analysed to arrive at future growth scenarios and determination of infrastructural

requirements.

KARNATAKA and BMR: FACTS and FIGURES

Karnataka State’s population according to 2011 Census is 6.11 crores (Table 1). It is observed that

(a) the percentage growth in population has reduced from 17.25% in 1991-2001 to 15.67% in 2001-

2011. (b) the urban percentage growth in population has increased from 29 per cent in 1991-2001 to



31.27% in 2001-2011, and (c) the urban population in Bangalore Urban District has increased from

88 per cent in 2001 to 90.94% in 2011.

The BMRDA area includes Bangalore Urban and Rural Districts. As per census 2011, the population

is around 105, 76,167 (105 lakhs). The percentage rural population in the area has reduced from 27

per cent in 2001 to 15.02% in 2011 and the percentage urban population has increased from 73% in

2001 to 84.98% in 2011. Hence, the area has gone through a great deal of urbanization.

Population of the BMRDA area represented 16% of Karnataka’s population in 2001 and represents

17.3% of Karnataka’s population in 2011. The rural population of BMR has decreased from 7% of

total rural population of Karnataka in 2001 to 4.2% of total rural population of Karnataka in 2011.

Whereas, urban population which was 34 per cent of Karnataka’s total urban population in 2001 is

now 8.11%. The growth of the rural and urban population in 2011 is 7.63% and 31.27% respectively.

The urban and rural population figures of Karnataka, Bangalore Urban District, Bangalore Rural

District and BMRDA area are presented in the table below.

Table2.1: Population statistics

YEARS

AREA ( sq. km)

1971 1981 1991 2001 2011

Karnataka

Karnataka

1,91,791

29,299,014 37,135,714 44,977,201 52,850,562 61,130,704

Rural 22,176,921 26,406,108 31,069,413 34,889,033 37,552,529

Urban 7,122,093 10,729,606 13,907,788 17,961,529 23,578,175

Bangalore Urban District

Total

2,190

3,365,515 4,947,610 4,839,162 6,537,124 9,588,910

Rural 1,499,761 1,754,394 669,409 777,137 868,971

Urban 1,865,754 3,193,216 4,169,253 5,759,987 8,719,939

BMR

Total

8,005

3,365,515 4,947,610 6,512,356 8,414,540 10,576,167

Rural 1,499,761 1,754,394 2,039,317 2,247,679 1,588,535

Urban 1,865,754 3,193,216 4,472,539 6,166,861 8,987,632

Source: Census 2011



ANEKAL LPA: GROWTH TREND

POPULATION GROWTH IN ANEKAL TOWN

Fig 2.1: Anekal TMC Population growth

Source: census

The above figure shows the growth trend in Anekal Town. It can be seen that the decadal growth rate

from 1991 to 2001 has been 32.9% whereas that from 2001 to 2011 has been 35.17%. The growth

rate in the LPA is very high compared to the national growth rate of 2.6% per annum.

POPULATION GROWTH IN ANEKAL LPA

Fig 2.2: Anekal LPA Population growth, Source: census

1991 2001 2011

Anekal-TMC 24938 33157 45000

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

30000

35000

40000

45000

50000

PO

PU

LA

TIO

N

Anekal-TMC Population Growth

1991 2001 2011

ANEKAL LPA 168693 212767 355606

0

50000

100000

150000

200000

250000

300000

350000

400000

PO

PU

LA

TIO

N

ANEKAL LPA Population Growth



The above figure shows the growth trend in Anekal Town. It can be seen that the decadal growth rate

from 1991 to 2001 has been 48.6% whereas that from 2001 to 2011 has been 67.3%. The growth

rate in the LPA is very high compared to the national growth rate of 2.6% per annum.

Fig 2.3: Comparison of population in BMR, Bangalore Urban District and Anekal LPA

Source: Census

URBAN AND RURAL IN THE LPA

The urban rural population divide is huge

in the LPA. 20% of the total population

reside in urban areas where 80% is in the

rural areas. However there are growing

industrial areas in the LPA – Jigani,

Bommasandra, Attibele, Chandapura and

Sarjapur which would take up urban

character in future.

Fig 2.4: Urban-Rural population in the

LPA

Source: Census

0

2000000

4000000

6000000

8000000

10000000

12000000

1971 1981 1991 2001 2011

BMR

bangalore urban district

Anekal LPA



SEX RATIO

Sex ratio is defined as number of females per 1000 males. The sex ratio of the Anekal LPA has been

shown in context of the larger framework. It can be seen that the sex ratio in Karnataka is 9681

females per 1000 males, while that of the BMR is 935. Sex ratio is alarmingly low in the Anekal Town

where it is 929 females per 1000 males and in Anekal Taluk where it is 828 females per 1000 males.

The table below shows a comparative list of sex ratios according to census 2011.

Table 2.2: Comparative table: sex ratio

AREA Karnataka Bangalore Urban District Anekal Taluk2 Anekal TMC

3

SEX RATIO 968 914 828 929

SOURCE: census 2011, 2001

CHILD POPULATION (0-6 YEARS)

The proportion of child population in an area determines the educational infrastructure demand.

According to census 2011 data the 9.38% of the total population of the Ramanagara district belongs

to age group 0-6 years. The table below shows a comparative list of the child population proportion in

Bangalore, Bangalore rural and Ramanagara.

Table2.3: Comparative list population under of 0 -6 years,

AREA Bangalore Urban District Bangalore Anekal Taluk

Percentage of population in age group 0-6 years

9,88,482 (10.31%) 8,70,473 38,653 (12.9%)

SOURCE: census 2011

1Census 2011

2Census of India 2001

3Census of India 2001



LITERACY RATE

The literacy rate in Anekal Taluk is

70.40 per cent. The male literacy

rate is 79 per cent while the

female literacy rate is 60.50 per

cent.

Fig 2.5 Literacy Rate in Anekal

Taluk

Source: Census

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT INDEX

The human development index data, according to Karnataka Human Development Report 2005

shows that Bangalore Urban district has a human development index of 0.7534. The table below

shows the composition of HDI5 in Bangalore Urban and Bangalore Rural district. The HDI is higher

than the national HDI of 0.621.

Table 2.4: HDI composition

Area Health Education Income HDI

Bangalore Rural 0.692 0.662 0.605 0.653

Bangalore Urban 0.705 0.887 0.666 0.753

SOURCE: Human Development Report, Karnataka 2005

4Karnataka Human Development Report 2005

5The HDI for districts is computed on the basis of the methodology used in UNDP Human Development Report 1999. Due to the non-availability of data

on adult literacy rates for 2001, literacy rates for 7 years plus, the combined gross enrolment ratios of primary and secondary level education (class I-

XII) have been substituted. Hence, there is element of double counting in the age group 6-18 years for educational status. It may be noted that due to

changes in methodology, i.e. adopting the logarithm method in computation, there has been a sudden increase in the values of the income index.

Another important factor is that changing the base year from 1980-81 to 1993-94 for estimation of GDP at constant prices for India and the states

(introduced by the CSO) has contributed to higher values of income indices for 1991-92 and 2001-02. In Karnataka, the estimates of life expectancy at

birth for districts and the state have been made on the basis of the regression method involving the crude birth rate, the crude death rate, the rate of

natural increase in population and the infant mortality rate for 2001. In order to enable for the districts and the state are higher than the HDI values in

KHDR I. The GDI values have also been revised for 27 districts for 1991, so as to facilitate a comparison of GDI estimates for 1991 with those of 2001.

70.4 79

60.5

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

Anekal Taluk

total

male

female



2.2 ECONOMIC BASE

INTRODUCTION

The population of Anekal LPA has grown from 2.12 lakhs in 2001 to 3.55 lakhs in 2011. The net

growth in population over the last decade is 1.43 lakhs, the decadal growth rate being 67.45% and

the annual growth rate being 6.7%. The annual growth rate of Bangalore urban district however is

5.1%6. Needless to say, the growth of the LPA has been fast. It is evident that the intensity and scale

of economic activities in the LPA are in tandem with this pace of growth.

Under the framework of the draft RSP 2031, a scenario of 75-25 population sharing between the core

and the outside is being aimed for. This includes inducing a considerable amount of population from

the core to the outside.

Bangalore has been experiencing rapid development because of accelerated industries and

economic activities. This has resulted in growth of congestion of Bangalore, because of which there is

tremendous pressure on infrastructure. Land is becoming scarce and hence costly day by day.

Anekal has seen intense industrial activity in the last few years due to its favourable location and

availability of land. It is strategically located in the Bangalore-Chennai industrial corridor and is away

from the congestion of Bangalore city. Coupled with development of infrastructure, the LPA has

emerged as the preferred investment location for service based and manufacturing industries.

Jigani-Bommasandra-Electronic city-Attibele forms a major economic cluster in the LPA. The major

attraction in this region is the Electronic City in Bangalore. Industries along the entire stretch along

NH-7 from Electronic city to Attibele, and beyond, to Hosur in Tamil Nadu form this cluster. Attibele

located in the Tamil Nadu State border, Jigani, Bommasandra, Hebbagodi, Chandapura and Sarjapur

are part of this cluster. The industrial areas of Attibele, Bommasandra and Jigani-Bommasandra

contribute to the economy of the cluster. The industries concentrating around Sarjapur town and few

scattered ones along the Sarjapur-Attibele Road also form a part of the cluster. Adjacent areas such

as Hebbagodi, Dommasandra, Chandapura (a market town) and parts around the Jigani Anekal town

serve as residential base for the cluster.

6According to Census 2011 data



WORKFORCE PARTICIPATION

The BMR RSP 2031 states the work participation rate of the BMR as a little over 41%. The workforce

participation rate of the Anekal Taluk is however 45%. The industrial work participation rate of the

BMR is considered to be 21%7.

WORKFORCE DISTRIBUTION

The total no of workers in a society is

comprised of the main workers and

the marginal workers. Main workers

are those who have more than 100

days of work in a year and marginal

workers are those who work less than

100 days in a year. Non-workers are

those who fall in the working age

group, mainly the unemployed and

the housewives.37% of the workers

in Anekal Taluk are main workers

while 8% is marginal workers and

55% are non-workers.

DISTRIBUTION OF MALE AND FEMALE

WORKERS

Gender wise distribution of workforce

shows that 79% of the workers are

male while 21% of the workers are

female.

The graph below shows the gender

wise distribution of workforce in the three categories – main worker, marginal worker and non-

workers.

7Structure Plan 2031

MALE 79%

FEMALE 21%

Gender wise distribution of workforce

Figure 2.7:Gender wise distribution of Workers

MAIN 37%

MARGINAL 8%

NON-WORKERS

55%

Workforce distribution in Anekal LPA

Figure 2.6: Workforce distribution in the Anekal LPA Source :Bengaluru Urban District at a Glance 2010-2011



Figure 2.8: Gender wise distribution of workers in each category ,

DISTRIBUTION OF WORKFORCE IN URBAN AREAS: ANEKAL TMC

Workforce distribution in the urban areas

of the LPA show that 48% of the total

population contribute to main workers,

4% is marginal worker and 48% are non-

workers.

Figure 2.9:Distr ibut ion of workforce in Urban Areas in Anekal LPA

Source: Bengaluru Urban Distr ict at a Glance 2010-2011

MAIN MARGINAL NON-WORKERS

MALE 77266 10,843 53,730

FEMALE 20,594 9,471 94,367

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

70000

80000

90000

100000

PE

RS

ON

S

Gender wise distribution of Workforce

0%

MAIN 48%

MARGINAL 4%

NON-WORKERS

48%

Workforce distribution in Urban areas of Anekal LPA



DISTRIBUTION OF WORKERS IN RURAL AREAS

In rural areas, 36% of the total population is

main workers, 8% is marginal workers and 56%

are non-workers.

Figure 2.10: Distr ibut ion of workforce in rural areas of

Anekal LPA

Source: Bengaluru Urban Distr ict at a Glance 2010 -

2011

GENDERWISE DISTRIBUTION OF WORKFORCE IN URBAN AREAS: ANEKAL TMC

The figure shows the gender wise distribution of workforce in Anekal TMC.

Figure 2.11: Gender wise distr ibut ion of workforce in each category

Source: Bengaluru Urban Distr ict at a Glance 2010 -2011

MAIN MARGINAL NON-WORKERS

MALE 9706 804 4,180

FEMALE 2,341 283 7,797

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

12000

PE

RS

ON

S

Gender wise distribution of Workforce in Anekal TMC

MAIN 36%

MARGINAL 8%

NON-WORKERS

56%

Workforce distribution in rural areas of Anekal LPA



WORKFORCE DISTRIBUTION BY ECONOMIC ACTIVITY: ANEKALTaluk

The figure shows the distribution of

workers according to economic activity. It

can be seen that 22% of the workers are

cultivators, 9% are agricultural labourers,

3% are household industry workers

whereas 65% are engaged in secondary

and tertiary sectors.

WORKFORCE DISTRIBUTION BY ECONOMIC ACTIVITY: ANEKAL TMC

The distribution of workforce in

Anekal TMC shows that 24% of the

totals are cultivators, 1% is

household industry workers and

1% is agricultural labourers. 74% of

the total workers are working in

secondary and tertiary sectors.

CULTIVATORS 22%

AGRICULTURAL LABOURERS

9%

HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY WORKERS

3%

OTHER WORKERS

66%

Worker distribution in Economic Activities

Figure 2.12:Workfor ce distribution in Economic Activities in Anekal Taluk

CULTIVATORS 24%

AGRICULTURAL LABOURERS

1%

HOUSEHOLD INDUSTRY WORKERS

1% OTHER

WORKERS 74%

Worker distribution in Economic Activities : Anekal TMC

Figure 2.13:Workforce distribution in Economic Activities in Anekal TMC



OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

PRIMARY SECTOR

PRINCIPAL CROPS

Paddy, maize and ragi are the principal crops in the LPA. Tur, horse gram, Black gram, avare, cow

pea are the pulses that are cultivated. Groundnut, castor, niger seed are the major oil seeds.

LAND UTILISATION IN ANEKAL TALUK

Land utilisation data show that net sown

area is 9%, 4% is the forest area, 35% is

fallow land, 8% is other cultivable land where

as 44% of the land is not available for

cultivation.

SERICULTURE

Sericulture forms an important activity in the BMR. The following is a statistics of the sericulture

activity in the LPA.

Table 2.5: Sericulture statistics of Anekal Taluk

Anekal Taluk Sericulture

Area Under Mulberry (Ha) 510

Cocoon Production (in tons) 343

No.of villages engaged on mulberry 101

Scheduled caste 44

Forest area 4%

Land not available for cultivation

44%

Other uncultivable

land 8%

Fallow land 35%

Net area sown 9%

Land Utilisation in AnekalTaluk

Figure 2.14:Land Utilization in Anekal



Scheduled Tribe 2

Others 617

Total 654

Value of silk Produced (Rs in lakhs) 667.25

Cocoon Markets 2

SECONDARY SECTOR

INDUSTRIES

The Taluk has a well-developed and wide industrial base with presence of small, medium & large

industrial units. Skilled workforce is available in the Taluk. Adequate telecommunication and

transport network has also developed in tune with the rising demand. All these have facilitated the

industrial development in the region. Bangalore is among the top ranking Districts, as far as industrial

activities are concerned. It ranks among the top in the Country and first in the State, in terms of

number of industrial units, investment and employment. Bangalore has been known for industrial

harmony with minimal industrial disputes. In the recent times the workforce has imbibed an

international work culture. It has a cosmopolitan outlook.

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

GARMENTSTEXTILES

CHEMICALENGINEERING

OTHERST0TAL

24 12

57 400

501 930

20065

1305 4054

28475 38241

92140

DISTRIBUTION OF UNITS & WORKERS IN INDUSTRIAL SECTOR

NO OF UNITS NO OF WORKERS

Figure 2.15:Distribution of Small scale industries in Anekal



As on 31.03.2000, KIADB had developed industrial areas at five locations viz. Attibele,

Bommasandra, Jigani, Electronic City and Veerasandra. As on 31.03.2006, KIADB has acquired

lands at Jigani-Bommsandra Link Road and Yarandhalli. All the industrial land has been allotted to

industrial units and there is no availability of industrial land for allotment.

Attibele Industrial Area is situated about 35 km from Bangalore city. The layout was approved in

the year 1981. 250 acres of land was acquired for developing the industrial area and the same

was developed in full. It has 6.95 kms of asphalted road, 18 MW power and 5.65 lakh liters of

water availability per day through bore well. KIADB has allotted land to 141 industrial units in the

industrial area to an extent of 225 acres.

Bommasandra Industrial Area is situated about 30 km from Bangalore city. The layout was

approved in the year 1977. 903.52 acres of land was acquired for developing the industrial area

and the same was developed in full. It has 20 km of asphalted road, 32 MW power and 5.50 lakh

liters of water availability per day through bore well. KIADB has allotted land to 545 industrial

units in the industrial area to an extent of 774 acres.

Bommasandra 4th Phase is situated about 33 km from Bangalore city. The layout was approved in

the year 1998. 214.36 acres of land was acquired for developing the industrial area and the same

was developed in full. It has 5.97 km of asphalted road, 25 MW power and 2.50 lakh liters of

water availability per day through bore well. KIADB has allotted land to 110 industrial units in the

industrial area to an extent of 155.50 acres.

Jigani Bommasandra Link Road is situated about 35 km from Bangalore city. The layout was

approved in the year 2003. 712 acres of land was acquired for developing the industrial area and

the 712 acres was developed. It has 11 km of asphalted road and 3 kms. WBM road. KIADB has

allotted land to 190 industrial units in the industrial area to an extent of 625 acres.

Jigani is situated about 38 km from Bangalore city. The layout was approved in the year 1981.

648 acres of land was acquired for developing the industrial area and the same was developed in

full. It has 15.50 km of asphalted road, 37.50 MW power and 13.75 lakh liters of water availability

per day through bore well. KIADB has allotted land to 352 industrial units in the industrial area to

an extent of 560 acres.

Veerasandra is situated about 28 km from Bangalore city. 109.21 acres of land was acquired for

developing the industrial area and the same was developed in full. It has 2.30 km of asphalted



road, 7 MW power and 1.80 lakh liters of water availability per day through bore well. KIADB has

allotted land to 73 industrial units in the industrial area to an extent of 95.91 acres.

Electronic city 2nd phase is situated about 25 km from Bangalore city. 307.17 acres of land was

acquired for developing the industrial area and the same was developed in full. It has 11 km of

asphalted road and 7 MW power. KIADB has allotted land to 36 industrial units in the industrial area

to an extent of 278.50 acres.

INCENTIVES FOR INDUSTRIES IN ANEKAL

I. EXEMPTIONS AS PER INDUSTRIAL POLICY 2009-14

Anekal Taluk is classified as an Industrially Developed Taluk by the Nanjundappa Committee and

comes under Zone 4 in the Industrial Policy 2009-14 of Karnataka. The following are the reliefs and

incentives that can be availed by the industries as per the State Industrial policy.

1. Incentives for Exported Oriented Enterprises

MSME, Large and Mega Projects

(i) Exemption from payment of ET

For 100% EOUs, 100% exemption from payment of ET on ‘Plant & Machinery and Capital Goods’ for

an initial period of 3 years from the date of commencement of project implementation irrespective of

zones.

For other EOUs, (Minimum Export obligation of 25%of their total turnover) 500% exemption from

payment of ET on raw materials, inputs, component parts & consumables (excluding petroleum

products) for an initial period of 3 years from the date of commencement of commercial production

(ii) Refund of Certification Charges:

Refund of expenses incurred for compulsory marking like Conformity Europeenne (CE), China

Compulsory Certificate (CCC), etc., to the extent of 50% of expenses subject to a maximum of Rs.

2.00 lakhs per unit for both 100% and other EOUs in all zones.



2. Subsidy for setting up ETPs

MSME, Large and Mega Projects

One time capital subsidy upto 50% of the cost of Effluent Treatment Plants (ETPs), subject to a

ceiling of Rs.50 lakhs per manufacturing enterprise.

3. Water harvesting / Conservation Measures

Small & Medium Mfg. enterprises

(i) Rain water harvesting: 50% of cost (max. Rs. 1 lakh)

(ii) Waste water recycling: 50% of cost (max. Rs. 5 lakh)

(ii) Zero discharge process: 50% of cost (max. Rs. 5 lakh)

4. Energy Conservation

Small & Medium mfg. enterprises

Practicing Energy Conservation measures resulting in reduction of Energy Consumption of atleast

10% of earlier consumption: 10% of capital cost (max Rs.5 lakh). Use of non-conventional energy

sources: 10% of capital cost (max. Rs.5 lakh)

5. Addl. Incentives to the enterprises following Reservation Policy of the State

Medium, Large and Mega Manufacturing Enterprises: in all zones employing more than 100 persons :

50% reimbursement of expenditure incurred for employees coming under reserved category towards

contribution to ESI&EPF schemes for a period of initial 5 years.

List of Service Enterprises eligible for package of Incentives and Concession

1 Logistics facilities supporting to industries only (Defined Separately)

2 Material Testing Centre

3 R & D Centres

4 Technical testing and analysis servicing

5 Maintenance and repair of equipment

6 Packaging services

7 Refuse disposal services

8 Tailoring

9 Flour mills



10 Printing

11 General engineering, fabrication, motor winding, automobile servicing and repairs, electro

plating, industrial paintings, etc., engaged in job work

12 Weigh bridges and health care facility set up within the KIADB / KSSIDC industrial areas

State Level Co-ordination Committee is empowered to add / delete service activities listed in

this Annexe.

II. EXEMPTIONS AS PER STATE SEZ POLICY

1.Exemption of Sales Tax, VAT, Entry Tax and Special Entry Tax on all purchases (excluding

petroleum products) from DTA.

Exemption of Sales Tax, VAT, Entry Tax and Special Entry Tax on all purchases (excluding

petroleum products) from DTA. Exemption of Sales Tax, VAT, Entry Tax, and Special Entry Tax on all

purchases (excluding petroleum products) from DTA is available for SEZ Developers/Co-developers

and Units as below:

(a) For SEZ developers and Co-developers:

All purchases excluding purchase of petroleum products from domestic tariff area for authorized

operations of entire area in SEZs shall be exempted from State and local body taxes or levies or cess

such as Sales Tax, VAT, Entry Tax, Special Entry Tax. This exemption will not be available for the

goods sold in the domestic tariff area with or without value addition.

(b) For SEZ Units:

All purchases excluding purchase of petroleum products by SEZ units located in the processing areas

from domestic tariff area or SEZ area for its set up, operation or maintenance or for use in

manufacture, trading, production, processing, assembling, repairing, reconditioning, re-engineering or

packing shall be exempted from State and local body taxes or levies or cess such as Sales Tax, VAT,

Entry Tax and special Entry Tax. This exemption will not be available for the goods sold in the

domestic tariff area with or without value addition, if sold, applicable State taxes are levied.

2. Exemption of Electricity Duty or Taxes

Exemption of Electricity Duty or Taxes on sale, of self -generated or purchased electric power for use

in the processing area of SEZ is available for SEZ Developer, Co-developer and Units as below:

a) For Developers and Co-developers

Exemption of Electricity Duty or Taxes on sale, of self-generated or purchased electric power for use

in the processing area of SEZ.



b)ForSEZ Units

Exemption of Electricity Duty or Taxes on sale, of self-generated or purchased electric power for use

in the processing area of SEZ.

3.Capital subsidy to Common Effluent Treatment Plant:

One time Capital subsidy up to 50% of the cost incurred by the Developer/ Co-developer for setting

up of Common Effluent Treatment Plant is available subject to a ceiling of Rs.100.00 lakhs per

CETP/SEZ.

Other incentives as per OTHER INDUSTRIAL POLICIES

The Millennium IT Policy 2000

The Millennium Biotech Policy 2000

The Millennium BPO Policy 2002

Karnataka Tourism Policy 2002-07

Karnataka Grape Processing and Wine Policy - 2007

Infrastructure Policy - 2007

Suvarna Vastra Niti 2008-13

Karnataka State Mineral Policy 2008

EMPLOYMENT PROGRAMMES

The following is a list of employment programmes that are currently inaction in the LPA.

Table 2.6: Details of MGNREGAScheme

SGSY

Mahatma Gandhi national Rural Employment Gurrantee Scheme (

MGNREGA)

No of people in employment program

TOTAL Women groups men women TOTAL

Anekal Taluk 26 26 49416 39142 88828

Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act



The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act aims at enhancing the livelihood

security of people in rural areas by guaranteeing hundred days of wage-employment in a financial

year to a rural household whose adult members volunteer to do unskilled manual work8. The table

below shows a list of benefitted people under MGNREGA.

Table 2.7: No of people benefitted by MGNREGA

Mahatma Gandhi national Rural Employment Gurrantee Scheme (MGNREGA)

No of people in employment

program JOB CARDS

HOUSE HOLD DEMANDED EMPLOYMENT

NO OF PERSONALS HOUSE HOLDS

WORKED

NO.OFFAMILLIESAVALLING 100 DAYS OF

EMPLOYEMENT

Anekal Taluk 28045 1809 1792 34

FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

The graph below shows the data for financial institutions in Anekal Taluk. It can be seen that there

are 28 nationalised banks, 3 Grameen banks and 2 DCC banks. There also exists 13 agricultural

credit cooperative societies, 230 non-agricultural credit societies and 154 non credit cooperatives.

8MGNREGA website

Nationalisedbanks

Grameenbanks

DCC BanksKSCARD

Banks

Credit cooperativesocieties

agricultural

Credit cooperative

societies nonagricultural

Non credit cooperativesocieties

Anekal taluk 28 3 2 0 13 230 154

0

50

100

150

200

250

Un

its

Financial Institutions in Anekal taluk

Figure 2.16:Financial Institutions in Anekal Taluk



OPPORTUNITIES FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

The Taluk has a potential for the promotion of about 6,900 tiny & SSI units including service

enterprises, 330 medium & large industrial units and 44 mega projects

The Taluk offers investment opportunity in IT &ITES, food processing, engineering, tourism and

service segments besides new and innovative projects.

The Taluk offers the following investment opportunities:

Infrastructural projects in the industrial, commercial and socio-economic sectors – IT Park, IT

SEZ, shopping malls, entertainment centres, food court, eateries, health care (hospitals, nursing

homes, day-care centres, physio-therapy, diagnostic laboratories, etc.).

Service sector viz., organised retailing (FMCG, consumer non-durables, cold chain, consumer

durables, apparels, footwear, automobile, jewellery, etc.).

Building construction activity resulting in good opportunities for providing a variety of services

(preparation of various designs and drawings based on green construction technology, obtaining

approvals, earth work and excavation, pest control, masonry, bar bending, hiring of centering

materials, electrical, ready mix concrete, joinery, plumbing, laying and polishing – granite / marble

/ mosaic, ceramic tiles, water-proofing, aluminium fabrication / installation, ornamental finishing

with POP, painting, wood polishing, landscaping, interior decoration, etc.).

Transport, health care, training, education, financial services.

Other potential segments under the service sector include janitorial / housekeeping services, pest

control, payment of bills, catering, dietary catering, ambulance services, medical attendant

services, contractual nursing, etc.

Tourism - hotel, recreation clubs, golf course, resorts, food courts, gymnasium, nature / yoga

therapy, massaging, water sports, adventure tourism, eco-tourism, life style tourism, health care

tourism, packaged tour operators, guides, GIS kiosks, transport operators, travel consultants, etc.

Consultancy on environmental management, carbon trading, statutory compliance, safety, energy

management, business process reengineering, mergers & acquisitions, tax planning, brand

building, marketing, advertising, human resource development, etc.



Business related services such as event management, convention hall, security, transport,

catering, housekeeping, repairs and maintenance of office equipment, hiring of office equipment,

refurbishing of printer ribbons/ cartridges, etc.

Animation / multi-media and related services for entertainment and advertisement industry.

Rehabilitation of closed / sick industrial units in the shortest possible time period in order to

reduce the NPA and utilise the unproductive assets.

Scope for technological up gradation in traditional industrial units.

Scope for commercial exploitation of bio-technology.

ISSUES

Agriculture is the primary activity in the LPA and the yield is high, but in order to induce

population industrial base has to be created. Care has to be taken in the process to conserve

precious agricultural land.

Power infrastructure in the LPA needs to be augmented.

There is no perennial water source in the LPA. Ground water sources are depleting fast -

hence water availability is a major constraint of development.

Industrial Atlas needs to be consulted for locating the industries since habitation is scattered

in the entire LPA.

3 HERITAGE AND TOURISM

There are many temples in the town and of these the

Chennakeshava temple is said to be the oldest and a

shrine dedicated to Ramanujacharya in the complex.

The other oldest temple is that of

AmritsMallikarjuna,having a lamp pillar of about 30-

feet high.



Muthyalamadu "the valley of pearls" is a fine picnic

spot at a distance of five km from Anekal, visit

during July–September is recommended. The

fascinating scene of water falls from a height of

about 280 feet is the main attraction there. The

trickling drops of water appear like pearls in bright

sunshine. The area abounds in natural beauty. At

the bottom, overlooking the falls, is a small shine

Kali-vishveshvara temple, dedicated to Lord

Shiva.

There are temples dedicated

to Dharamaraya,

Chowdeshwari,Gangamma,K

alikamba,Nagareshvara,Kan

nikaparameshwariand

Kodandarama.Four Anjaneya

temples are located at the

four entrance of the town.

Other tourist attractions:



1. KambadaGanesha temple is well known for its monolithic statue of Lord Ganesha.

2. AmruthaMallikarjuna and Bhramarambika temple is one of the many historical temples.

3. Chennakeshava temple is believed to have been built by Arjuna, (mahabharatha)

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 3 | Housing and Urban Poor


CHAPTER 3

HOUSING AND URBAN POOR

3.1 HOUSING

INTRODUCTION

Providing housing is not limited to provision of a built structure. The Karnataka Housing and Habitat

policy, 2009 therefore advocates a „Habitat‟ approach to housing, which translates into access to

basic services such as water, sanitation, clean fuel, electricity, healthcare, education and livelihood.

Hence the aspects of water supply, sanitation and waste disposal should be taken into account

during spatial planning of residential areas.

RESIDENTIAL LANDUSE IN ANEKAL LPA

The area under residential land use in the major settlements in the Anekal LPA is shown in the table

below. The total area under residential Landuse in Anekal LPA is 2789 Ha which is approximately

53% of the total developed area and 6.9% of the total LPA area

Table 3.1: Exist ing Residential Area in Anekal LPA

Area Area under Residential land use (Ha) Percentage of total LPA area

Anekal 2789 6.9%

HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS

HOUSEHOLD SIZE

It can be seen from the figure that the average

household size in the district is 4, represented

by 30% of the total households. There are

about 21% of 3 members, 6-8 member and 5

member households and 13% and 16%

respectively and 13% 2 member households.

Fig 3.1: Household size in Bangalore Urban Distr ict

Source: Census 2011

5% 13%

21%

30%

16%

13%

2%

HOUSEHOLD SIZE DISTRIBUTION BANGALORE DISTRICT

1 member

2 member

3 member

4 member

5 member

6-8 member

9+ members



NUMBER OF HABITABLE ROOMS

The figure below shows the

distribution of houses by no

of habitable rooms. It can be

seen that 33% of the houses

have one habitable room,

32% of the houses have two

habitable rooms and 18% of

the houses have three

habitable rooms.

Fig 3.2: No of habitab le rooms

per dwell ing unit, Bangalore

Urban distr ict

Source: census 2011

FLOOR MATERIAL

The figure shows that

42% of the houses in the

district have cement as

the floor material while

54% of the houses have

mosaic as the floor

material. The rest is

constituted by mud,

wood, burnt stick and

stone.

Fig 3.3: Floor mater ial of

dwell ing unit, Bangalore

Urban distr ict

Source: census 2011

7%

33%

32%

18%

6%

2% 2%

BANGALORE DISTRICT

No exclusive room

One room

Two room

Three room

Four room

Five room

Six rooms and above

2% 0%

0%

1%

42%

54%

1%

BANGALORE DISTRICT

Mud

Wood/bamboo

Burnt stick

Stone

Cement

Mosaic floor tiles

Others



WALL MATERIAL

The distribution of houses

by wall material show that

54% of the houses have

burnt bricks as the wall

material, while 20% of the

houses have either

concrete or stone as the

material

Fig 3.4: Wall mater ial of

dwell ing unit, Bangalore Urban

distr ict

Source: census 2011

ROOF MATERIAL

The graph shows that 68%

of the houses have

concrete as the roofing

material, 22% of the

houses have GI sheets

while 4% of the houses

have stone/shale as the

material of the roof. The

rest of the houses have tile,

plastic, brick or thatch as

the roofing material.

Fig 3.5: Roof mater ial of

dwell ing unit, Bangalore Urban

distr ict

Source: census 2011

1%

0%

4%

0%

20%

1%

54%

20%

0%

BANGALORE DISTRICT

Grass/Thatch

Plastic/Polythene

Mud/Unburnt brinks

Wood

Stone

G.I. sheets/metal/asbestossheets

Burnt bricks

Concrete

Others

1% 1%

3% 1%

4%

22%

68%

0%

BANGALORE DISTRICT

Grass/Thatch

Plastic/Polythene

Tiles

Brick

Stone/slate

G.I. sheets/metal/asbestossheets

Concrete

Others



AVAILABILITY OF FACILITIES

The figure below shows the distribution of houses by availability of facilities. It can be seen that

96.2% of the houses have bathroom facilities 77.1% of the houses have closed drainage and 96.3%

of the houses have kitchen available in the premises.

Fig 3.6: Avai lable facil i t ies in dwell ing unit , Bangalore Urban distr ict

ORGANISATIONAL SETUP

The principal housing supplier in Karnataka is the Department of Housing which consists of three

departments through which the various schemes are implemented. The table below shows the

institutional setup in the housing sector.

Table3.2: Organizat ional setup in the housing sector

Source: www.housing.kar.nic. in

Departments Housing Schemes

Department of Housing,

Govt. of Karnataka

Rajiv Gandhi Rural Housing

Corporation Ltd (RGRHCL)

Rural Ashraya Housing Scheme including Navagrama

Housing Scheme and the Pilot scheme of GPHP.

Urban Ashraya Housing Scheme.

Rural and Urban Ashraya Sites Schemes

Dr.Ambedkar Housing Scheme

Neralina Bhagya

Housing for Special occupational groups

Gram Panchayat Housing scheme

Navagrama Housing Scheme

BathroomBathroomenclosure

without roof

nobathroom

closeddrainage

opendrainage

nodrainage

kitchenavailable

cookinginsidehouse

cooking inopen

no cooking

BANGALORE DISTRICT 96.2 1.8 2 77.1 18.2 4.7 96.3 2.3 0.7 0.7

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

no

of

ho

us

eh

old

s

BANGALORE DISTRICT

http://www.housing.kar.nic.in/



Karnataka Housing Board (KHB) “Hundred Housing Schemes” programme

Chief Minister‟s Model town Housing programme

Karnataka Slum Development

Board (KSDB)

Slum Improvement

Site and Services programme

NirmalaJyothi Scheme

ValmikiAmbedkarAwas Yojna

HOUSING SCHEMES IN ANEKAL LPA

ASHRAYA SITES SCHEME AND ASHRAYA HOUSING SCHEME

The Ashraya scheme is a housing scheme introduced by the Govt. of Karnataka to aid people in

economically weaker section, in both urban and rural areas to avail improved housing through

financial assistance in the form of loans and subsidies. The maximum value for financial assistance

including both loan and subsidy is 20,000 in rural areas and 25,000 in urban areas. Under the

Ashraya rural housing sites scheme free house sites may be distributed to the houseless

beneficiaries of the EWS in rural areas. The tables below shows a list of housing sites allotted and

houses constructed under Ashraya scheme in Anekal Taluk.

Table3.3: Housing sites al lotted under Ashraya Scheme ti l l 2011

Anekal Taluk Scheduled

Caste

Scheduled

Tribe

Others Total

Sites allotted 766 3 716 1485

Source:

Table3.4: Houses constructed under Ashraya Scheme ti l l 2011

Anekal Taluk Scheduled

Caste

Scheduled

Tribe

Others Total

Houses Constructed Under Ashraya

Scheme (2010-11)

1902 192 2010 4104

Source: Distr ict Book



INDIRA AWAS YOJANA

Indira Awaas Yojana (IAY) is a flagship scheme of the Ministry of Rural Development to provide

houses to the poor in the rural areas. The objective of the Indira Awaas Yojana is primarily to help

construction/up gradation of dwelling units of members of Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes, freed

bonded labourers, minorities in the below poverty line category and other below poverty line non-

SC/ST rural households by providing them a lump sum financial assistance.

Table3.5: Houses constructed under IAY in 2010-2011

Source: distr ict book

Anekal Taluk Scheduled Caste Scheduled Tribe Others Total

Houses constructed under

IAY in Anekal Taluk

952 59 543 1644

DR. B.R.AMBEDKAR SCHEME

Ambedkar Housing scheme is an initiative for providing housing to the economically weaker section

and the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes in rural areas. Under this scheme a maximum

financial assistance of 20,000 may be provided for construction of houses.

Table3.6: Houses constructed under special scheme in 2010 -2011

Scheduled Caste Scheduled Tribe Total

Houses Constructed Under

B.R.Ambedkar Scheme

647 50 697


SPECIAL HOUSING SCHEME FOR FISHERMEN

Houses have also been constructed under ‘Special Housing Scheme for Fishermen’ in the LPA. A

total of 4 units have been constructed according to government data, hence it can be assumed that

the impact of the scheme in the LPA is considerably low.



Table 3.7: Houses constructed under special scheme in 2010 -2011

Anekal Taluk Scheduled Caste Others Total

Houses Constructed Under Special

Scheme For Fishermen

29 6 35


3.2 HOUSING SHORTAGE

The total no of census houses in Bangalore district is 32,67,960 out of which 3,62,727 are vacant and

29,05,233 are occupied. The total population of Bangalore district is 9,588,9101. The number of

households in the district is 23,77,0562. It can be seen that housing shortage does not exist in terms

of number of houses; however, condition of dwelling units is unaccounted for. Hence housing

shortage cannot be arrived at.

3.3 SLUMS

There are 9 slums within Anekal TMC limits out of which are declared with a population of 9306.

Presence of slums are predominately noted in 20, 21, 22 and 23 wards in the southern part of city

around Chikkere lake bed area and alongside Hosur road towards Tamil Nadu and Attibele-Hosur

road towards Bangalore. Majority of Poor citizens of Anekal are SC/ST (60%) and illiterate (46%).

Large numbers of slum population (74%) are daily wagers with a maximum family income in the

range of just Rs. 1500- 2500. The provision of community toilets, community bathrooms and

community taps are considered for the slum areas.

Table 3.8:Slums in Anekal TMC

Sl. No. Slum Name Slum Type Ward No. Slum House Holds (PART -B)

Actual House Holds

1. Bahadurpura Non-Notified 20 70 243

2. Bahadurpura Non-Notified 23 242 125

3. Narayanapura Non-Notified 22 269 315

4. Venkateshwara Colony Non-Notified 8 387 143

1Census 2011, source – census2011.co.in

2Assuming a household size of 4.6 for Karnataka according to National Health Survey 2007



5. Indiranagar Non-Notified 5 89 135

6. Ayodyanagar Non-Notified 20 144 150

7. A.D. Colony Notified 12 292 73

8. Sweeper Colony Notified 4 259 87

9. A.K. Colony Notified 17 300 200

ISSUES

1. Upgradation of housing stock: Condition of dwelling units is of poor quality in many areas of

the LPA. Proposals should be derived to upgrade these units so that they could be upgraded

into the housing stock.

2. Increasing housing stock: Housing stock should be increased to cater to the increased

housing demand in future.

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 4 | Existing landuse and Transportation


CHAPTER 4

EXISTING LANDUSE AND TRANSPORTATION

4.1 EXISTING LANDUSE

EXISTING LAND UTILISATION IN THE LPA

The Basemap and the Exiting Landuse map of the LPA were prepared by RoltaIndia. The maps were

scrutinised by KSRAC and submitted to the BMRDA in 2012. The land utilisation of the LPA shows

that the total built up/developed area in the LPA is 7013.18 Ha, forming 17.43% of the total LPA area.

Agriculture is 70.68% of the total area. Forest land cover is 5.36 % of the total land in the LPA. The

table below shows the land utilisation pattern in the LPA.

Table 4.1: Land utilisation in the LPA

Table 4.2: Existing Landuse in the LPA.

LANDUSE AREA (IN HECTARES)

PERCENTAGE

RESIDENTIAL 2944.23 41.98%

COMMERCIAL 93.62 1.33%

INDUSTRIAL 1482.36 21.14%

PUBLIC & SEMI PUBLIC 174.66 2.49%

PARK & OPEN SPACE 183.10 2.61%

PUBLIC UTILITY 9.88 0.14%

TRANSPORTATION 1928.72 27.50%

VACANT 196.61 2.80%

SUB TOTAL 7013.18 100.00%

AGRICULTURE 28436.08 -

WATER BODIES 2326.32 -

FOREST 2156.10 -

HILLOCK'S/QUARRY'S 298.35 -

GRAND TOTAL 40230.03 -

CATEGORY AREA(HA) PERCENTAGE

DEVELOPED AREA (including Gramthana and Village pockets) 7013.18 17.43%

AGRICULTURE 28436.08 70.68%

WATER BODIES 2326.32 5.78%

FOREST 2156.10 5.36%

HILLOCK'S/QUARRY'S 298.35 0.74%

TOTAL 40230.03 100.00%



The LPA has four important growth nodes – Anekal, Jigani–Bommasandra, Attibele- Chandapura and

Sarjapura. Likewise four planning districts have been constituted – Anekal, Attibele, Jigani and

Sarjapura. The details of present development and potential in the nodes are described hereafter.

EXISTING LANDUSE DISTRIBUTION: ANEKAL PLANNING DISTRICT

The total area in the Anekal Planning District is 14958.87. It is located on the southern portion of the

LPA. State Highways 35 and 86 forms the major transport network in the area. Anekal town is the

Taluk headquarter of Anekal Taluk. The major activity in the Anekal area is mainly residential, with

commercial activity along the State Highways and the MDR passing through the town. Public and

Semi Public activities area seen in the core town area to complement the requirement of its TMC and

Taluk headquarter status.Thedetails of the landuse distribution in Anekal are given in the table below.

Table 4.3: Existing Landuse distribution in Anekal PD


PERCENTAGE








VACANT 19.25 0.98%

SUBTOTAL 1967.20 100.00%



FOREST 1308.28 -



Agriculture forms a major part of the total area and total developed area is 1967.20 Ha. Industries

comprise of 11.68% whereas commercial activities take up 1.23% of the developed area.1308.28Ha

of the area is under forests and 693.47 Ha of water bodies are present. DoddaKere and ChikkaKere

are important water bodies in the area.



EXISTING LANDUSE DISTRIBUTION: ATTIBELE (Attibele and Chandapura Corridor)

The total area in the Attibele Planning District is 9293 ha. The NH 7- the major arterial road,

connecting Bangalore and Hosur, is one of the fastest growing corridors of the LPA and has seen

rapid changes in the last five years. There is a world class healthcare hub at Chandapura that attract

people from all over the BMR. The area is in immediate vicinity of the Electronic city and has a lot of

service based industries along the corridor. The corridor will be accessible by the metro rail in near

future which would increase its potential for development. Transit Oriented Development is

encouraged in the corridor. The area is the future of service industries and residential requirement of

the LPA as well as the surrounding areas.

The details of landuse distribution in Attibele are given in the table below.

Table 4.4: Existing Landuse distribution in Attibele P D


PERCENTAGE








VACANT 18.04 1.08%

TOTAL 1674.92 100.00%



FOREST 0 -



Agriculture forms 74.57% of the total area, total built up area is 18.02%. Industrial and Commercial

activities form 19.67% and 1.97% of the developed area of the planning district. There is 45.33%

residential landuse in the developed area. There are no forests or quarries.



EXISTING LANDUSE DISTRIBUTION: JIGANI PLANNING DISTRICT (Jigani -

Bommasandra Industrial Area)

The total area in the Jigani Planning District is 9825.96 Ha. The area is located between the NH7 and

the SH 86.The Planning District is known for the KIADB industrial estate and other industrial units.

The area hosts some of the biggest industries in the region in the pharmaceutical and food

processing sector. Manufacturing, granite processing and service based industries are also present.

The area has a continuous boundary with the BMA, which amplifies its development potential. There

is a huge potential in the region for industrial development due to existing infrastructure.

The details of landuse distribution in Jigani are given in the table below

Table 4.5: Existing Landuse distribution in JiganiPD


PERCENTAGE








VACANT 159.08 5.56%

TOTAL 2862.97 100.00%



FOREST 847.82 -



Agriculture forms 54.66% of the total area, total built up area is 29.13%.Industrial use forms30.26% of

the developed area whereas commercial use is 0.95% of developed area. 8.6 % of the total area is

under forests and 2 % of total under hillocks and quarries. Water bodies form 5.5% of the total area;

however parks and open space take up just 2.45% of developed area. Hence there is a lack of park

and open spaces in the Planning district.



EXISTING LAND USE DISTRIBUTION: SARJAPURA

The total area in the Sarjapura Planning District is 6152.21 Ha. It is located in the northern boundary

of the LPA. SH 35 and NH 207 form the major arterial road in the area. The Sarjapura area is the

second node in the LPA that would be supporting upcoming service based industries in the LPA. IT

SEZs have been proposed in the area. Present development in the area is however sparse. 85% of

the area is occupied by agricultural activities and only 8.25% of the total area is developed.

The details of landuse distribution in Sarjapura are given in the table below

Table 4.6: Existing Landuse distribution in Sarjapura


PERCENTAGE








VACANT 0.24 0.05%

TOTAL 508.09 100.00%



FOREST 0 -



Residential use form 51.04% of the developed area. Commercial area forms 1.82% and industrial

area forms 11.18% of the developed area. 33.5% of the developed area is under transportation.



4.2 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION

INTRODUCTION

This chapter presents the transportation scenario in Anekal Local Planning Area. Key issues like road

network and its characteristics, impact of enhanced regional connectivity due to formation of the

STRR, ITRR, its potentials and drawbacks have been discussed here. 27.5% of the developed area

in the LPA, which is 4.79% of the total area of the LPA, is devoted to transportation.

REGIONAL LINKAGE

ROAD LINKAGE

The Anekal LPA is well connected to the various urban centres of the region. It is connected to

Bangalore by NH7, which links Attibele to Hosur in the south and Bangalore in the North. State

Highway 35 links Sarjapur, Attibele and Anekal Town. Anekal Town is connected to Bangalore via

Bannerghatta National Park by State Highway 87. The other importance road linkages in the LPA are

the Chandapura Anekal Road, Anekal Harohalli Road and the Sarjapur Road. The proposed IRR

connects the LPA to Bangalore in the north while the proposedSTRR connects the LPA to the

Kanakapura in the west and Hoskote in the North East.

RAILWAY

Anekal Taluk is on the railway network. Broad gauge line (Bangalore – Kanyakumari route, 42 km.)

passes through the Taluk. Anekal Taluk has 3 railway stations. Nearest major railway station in the

Taluk is Bangalore city railway station (44 km from Anekal) about 20 kmfrom the border of Anekal

Taluk. The rail length is 7.85 km per 100 sqkm area.

SEA PORT

The Anekal Taluk is not on the map of seaports. The nearest seaport is Chennai in Tamil Nadu,

which is about 330 km. The nearest seaport in Karnataka is Mangalore, which is about 400 km from

Anekal. There is good rail link from Bangalore to Chennai. Further, operationalization of rail link from

Bangalore to Mangalore and availability of ICD (inland container depot) facility at Bangalore will

facilitate export trade. Both Chennai and Mangalore ports are all weather ports providing gateway for

export and import trade throughout the year.

AIRPORT

The nearest airport at present is the Bengaluru International Airport, Bangalore at a distance of about

90 km from Anekal



TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM IN ANEKAL LPA

BUS TRANSPORT SERVICE

Attibele is 35km from Bangalore and 5km from Hosur on NH7. The towns of Bommasandra,

Hebbagodi and Electronic city area are well connected by BMTC buses from Bangalore and TNSTC

buses from Hosur. Many private buses from both the cities also ply on this route. There are three bus

depots in the LPA at Anekal, Jigani and Suryanagar Phase 1.

ROAD NETWORK AND ITS CHARACTERISTICS

The total area of the Anekal LPA is 402 sqkm. The area under transportation landuse is 4.79 % of the

total area. The table below gives a list of major road categories in the LPA.

Table 4.7: Major road network in Anekal Taluk

Sl ROAD CATEGORY ROAD LENGTH (km)

MAINTAINED BY

1 National Highway 26 PWD

2 State Highway 67.80 PWD

3 Major District Roads 105.37 PWD

4 Panchayat Roads 946.28 Panchayats

Source: PWD, Forest Dept

The following is an inventory of roads and their statistics in the LPA.

Table 4.8: Road inventory in Anekal Taluk

Sl Name of road Hierarchy RoW (ft)

1 NH 7 NH 150

2 NH 207 NH 100

3 SH 35 SH 55

4 SH 86 A SH 55

5 Anekal Harohalli Road Arterial 40

6 Bommasandra-Jigani Link Road Arterial 150



7 Chandapura-Dommasandra Road Arterial 60

8 Chandapura Anekal Road Arterial 100

9 Attibele-Rayakotal Road Sub-Arterial 60

ACCESSIBILITY

The World Bank report for Rural accessibility index says Rural access is measured in terms of no of

people within 2km (walking distance of 20-25 min) of an all-weather road as a percentage of the total

rural population. An “all-weather road” is a road that is accessible all year round by the prevailing

means of rural transport (typically a pick-up or a truck which does not have four-wheel-drive).

Occasional interruptions of short duration during inclement weather (e.g., heavy rainfall) are

accepted, particularly on lightly trafficked roads.

The total no. of habitations that have access to all weather roads in Anekal Taluk is 351, whereas the

total no of settlements is 426.

“The relationship between transport and poverty reduction is neither straightforward nor automatic.

However it is apparent that improvements in transport have the greatest impact on poor people when

made in concert with activities in other sectors. It is similarly apparent that development in other

sectors will be hampered without attention to transport issues.”

VEHICULAR GROWTH PATTERN

As per Anekal Taluk statistics 2010-2011, there are approximately 2,36,700 registered vehicles in

Anekal Taluk. The table below shows the vehicular statistics. The figure below shows the share of the

vehicle types in the Taluk.



Figure 4.1: Vehicular Statistics in Anekal Taluk

FREIGHT MOVEMENT

There exist major industrial areas in the LPA. KIADB industrial areas are present in Bommasandra

and Jigani, IT SEZ area in Sarjapur and Industries in the neighbouring areas of Hosur. As such there

is a major freight movement from Bangalore to the LPA and from the LPA to Tamil Nadu. Through

movement of traffic from Bangalore to Hosur also takes place. The major road that takes up majority

of the freight traffic is the NH7.

MAJOR ISSUES

1. Poor connectivity: There are pockets of land in the LPA where connectivity is poor due to poor

state of road or non-existence of roads.

2. High vehicular pressure on National Highway 207: The NH 207 connecting Bangalore to

Attibele and further to Hosur is one of the busiest roads in the LPA.

3. Non-existence of mass rapid transit (MRTS) in the LPA: Mass rapid Transport system should

be planned in the LPA along the busy corridor to address the movement of commuters from

the LPA to Bangalore as well as to Hosur.

4. Poor condition of roads: The condition of roads in many pockets is poor due to ill maintenance

and heavy traffic pressure.

2.97%

1.22%

1.92% 0.51%

0.96%

0.82%

0.63%

2.09%

2.83%

60.04%

22.80%

0.97% 0.88%

VEHICULAR STATISTICS IN ANEKAL TALUK

CATEGORY

Goods Agricultured Vehicles

Goods vehicles trucks & loories

Goods Vehicles Four whellers

Goods vehicle three wheelers

Stage Carriages

Contract vehicles

Private Service

Educational Institutions vehicles

Other buses

MotorCabs

Maxi cabs

Other Cabs

Autorikshaws

Three seated vehicle

Four to six seated vehicle

Scooters

Mopeds

Motor cycles

Cars

Jeeps

Omni bus

Tractors

Traillers

Ambulance

vehicles carrying construction materials

others

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 5|Infrastructure


CHAPTER 5

INFRASTRUCTURE

5.1 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

WATER SUPPLY

Water supply is related to the main themes in the development agenda – poverty alleviation,

environment protection, private sector led growth, participatory development and good

governance. The growth process and the expansion of economic activities inevitably lead to

increasing demands for water for diverse purposes of which drinking and domestic needs

attains paramount importance. However this essential commodity for sustenance of life is not

adequately available to a large number of people especially in the rural areas and even in

parts of urban settlements. Domestic and industrial water needs have largely been

concentrated in and around principal cities but with steep population hike, demand for water

is increasing at a superfast pace. As a result water, which is already a scarce commodity, is

going to become a scarcer commodity in future.

Water quality deterioration has also set in and maintaining water quality is a foremost

requirement. It is one of the most crucial elements in planning. Efforts to develop, conserve,

utilize and manage this immensely important resource have to be whole heartedly made

keeping the National perspectives in view. AT the same time a strong database needs to be

prepared to monitor and integrate the water based activities like city planning, industrial

planning and development etc. Serious wastage of water, water loss in transmission,

wastage by public are also issues that need to be addressed



SITUATION APPRAISAL

The figure below shows the distribution of households in Anekal Taluk by the source of

drinking water. According to

census 2011, 80% of the

households are supplied by tap

water and 16% by tube wells.

Smaller number of households is

supplied by wells (0.7%), hand

pumps (1.6%) and spring water

(0.1%).

.

Figure 5.1: Distr ibution of households by avai labi l i ty of dr inking water source

Source: HH series data, census 2011

It can also be seen from the figure

above that only 49% of the households

have a drinking water source in the

house premises. Majority of the

households (38%) avail drinking water

from a source near premises, while

13% of the households avail water from

a source away from premises.

Hence there is a reasonable coverage

of piped water supply.

Figure 5.2: Distr ibut ion of households by locat ion of drinking water source

Source: HH series data, census 2011

Tap-From Treated Source

Tap- From Untreated

source

WELL- covered

WELL – uncovered

Handpump

Tube well Spring

River, canal Tanks, pond, Lake

Any other source

AVAILABILITY OF DRINKING WATER SOURCE

38%

49%

13%

AVAILABILITY OF DRINKING WATER SOURCE

WITHIN THE PREMISES NEAR THE PREMISES AWAY



WATER SUPPLY

Ground water is the source of drinking water in the LPA. Present water supply system in

Anekal TMC which draws water from bore wells (design capacity of 3.6 MLD) was planned in

2003 by KUWSSB at the cost of Rs. 333.84 lakhs funded by HUDCO grants. Potable water

abstracted from 25 bore wells for supply to Anekal TMC is only 1.2 MLD. There is no

perennial source of water, so water is a scarce resource.

Table 5.1: Water supply source for Anekal TMC

SL SOURCE OF WATER YEILD

1 Ground Water Source 1.29 MLD

Source: CIP for Anekal TMC, 2007

There is a proposal for water supply by the housing board of 3 MlD from Shimsha River to

supplement the water supply in the LPA for the housing board developed areas as well as

other areas.

WATER SUPPLY DEMAND NORMS PRESCRIBED BY CPHEEO

The per capita domestic requirements as per norms prescribed by Central Public Health and

Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO), Ministry of Urban Development, and

Govt. of India are as under:

Table 5.2: Water Supply standards CPHEEO

SL CATEGORY NORMS FOR W/S (LITRES PER CAPITA PER DAY)

1 Towns provided with piped supply but without sewerage system 70

2 Cities provided with piped supply for which sewerage system is existing/ contemplated 135

3 Metropolitan and Mega cities provided with piped water supply where sewerage system is existing / contemplated

150



DOMESTIC WATER DEMAND IN ANEKAL LPA

The water demand in the Anekal LPA has been calculated as follows:

Table 8.3: Present Domestic water requirement in Anekal LPA

SL AREA POPULATION PER CAPITA WATER CONSUMPTION PER

DAY (litres)

WATER DEMAND (MLD)

1 Anekal TMC 45000 135 6.05

2 Rest of LPA 310507 551 17.07

TOTAL 23.12

The domestic water requirement of the Anekal TMC @ 135 lpcd is calculated to be 6.05

million litres per day, while that of the villages is 17.07 million litres per day.

SUPPLY AND STORAGE OF WATER

Anekal TMC has a storage capacity of 2.6 MLD, comprising of 4 OHTs and 4 Sumps which

supplies water to all the 23 wards. The length of distribution mains system is 145 kms. The

existing network covers 80 percent of TMC area. Out of 6187 properties (2006-07) 51

percent have domestic water connections

GAP IN DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY: ANEKAL TMC

The present supply of water in Anekal town is 2.35 MLD while the present demand

calculated according to CPHEEO norms is 6.08 MLD. As such there is a deficit in supply.

The projected demand of water in 2031 is 10.95 MLD computing only domestic needs.

1CPHEEO norms



Figure 5.3: Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal TMC

GAP IN DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY: ANEKAL LPA

The present supply of water in Anekal LPA is 1.29 MLD while the present demand calculated

according to CPHEEO norms is 23.15 MLD. As such there is a deficit in supply. The

projected demand of water in 2031 is 212 MLD computing fordomesticneeds.

Figure5.4:Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal LPA

2011 2031

DEMAND 6.08 10.95

SUPPLY 2.35 2.35

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

Wa

ter

Su

pp

ly in

ML

D

WATER SUPPLY GAP IN ANEKAL TMC

2011 2031

DEMAND 47.99 212.00

SUPPLY 2.35 2.35

0.00

50.00

100.00

150.00

200.00

250.00

Wat

er

Sup

ply

in M

LD

WATER SUPPLY GAP IN ANEKAL LPA



INDUSTRIAL WATER DEMAND

8000 Ha of industrial area have been proposed in the Landuse Plan of the LPA. According to

the Industrial Perspective Plan, 6956 Tiny and SSI Units have been proposed and 337 Large

and Medium Industries and 44 mega projects have been planned. The water requirement is

calculated to be 68 MLD for the industrial area.

WATER QUALITY

With increasing industrialization, urbanization and deforestation, the quality of water

resources available to mankind is deteriorating day by day. The supply of drinking water in

terms of both quality and quantity is a major concern now. Out of many chemical and

biological contaminants in drinking water, excess Fluoride and arsenic are of the utmost

concern due to their serious health impacts. The study conducted by Rajiv Gandhi National

Drinking Water Mission during 1990-1992 has reported 15 States (including Karnataka)

endemic for the Fluorosis. Therefore, effective surveillance and monitoring of water quality

becomes very important in the state of Karnataka.

Survey has revealed pollution of ground water in the Jigani area due to chemical industries in

the region.

The quality of drinking water affects health of the consumers because certain bacteria and

microbial diseases, toxic chemical compounds etc. can be transmitted to the human body

through water. Experience has shown that community health and water quality is directly

related to each other and that an improvement in the quality of drinking water supply is

followed by an improvement in community's health.



ISSUES

1. LOW WATER SUPPLY LEVEL IN THE LPA: The present water supply level in the

LPA is far below the stipulated standards of CPHEEO (135 lpcd). As such there is

water scarcity in the LPA. The gap between supply and demand would increase in

future as shown.

2. Water Quality: The ground water quality in the LPA is poor. Care has to be taken to

prevent pollution of ground water.

3. 13% of the households avail water from a source away from their dwelling unit.

4. Water supply system should be designed in consideration with the natural topography

of the land, to assure adequate water pressure in all areas.

DRAINAGE AND SANITATION

CPHEEO suggests standards for physical level of sanitation services according to population

of urban and rural centres. For sanitation, it is envisaged to achieve 100% of population

coverage for Class I urban areas (population 1 lac and above), 80% of population coverage

in other urban centres with provision for sewerage, sewage treatment facilities and low cost

sanitation methods. However the shortfall in achieving the target is significant. According to

projection of Census of India 2001, only 73.7% of the urban population has access to latrine

facilities of various types and it is estimated that by the year 2025, more than 50% of the

country’s population will settle in urban areas when issue related to sanitation in urban areas

will assume a very serious dimension. Needless will be to mention, sanitation has a close

and direct link with environment, water supply and its cleanliness, health and hygiene. The

problem of sanitation, associated with steep influx of population in urban areas, therefore

needs to be addressed forth with, debated and deliberated at length, by the policy planners

for the development of urban/city areas. The capital-intensive nature of sewerage system



has put many roadblocks in urban planning primarily due to weak financial positions of most

of the ULBs

INTRODUCTION

Efficient sewerage and sanitation system is a pre requisite for maintaining health and

hygiene in society. Diseases, especially water borne diseases spread due to unsanitary

conditions. Due to rapid growth of population in Anekal LPA, additional pressure would be

created in the existing network. Hence, upgradation and extension of the system is

necessary.

SURFACE DRAINAGE NETWORK

Anekal TMC has road side storm water drains of 31.57 Km constituting 50 percent of roads

(including PWD/ Other agency roads). These drains are pucca open type drains. The

sewage and sullage water generated by households, shops, etc, get mixed up with the

rainwater. During dry season, the drains carry the sullage water and other wastewater from

various establishments. Due to lack of or appropriately located storm water drains creates

health hazards due to water stagnation, creating breeding sites for many diseases. The

storm water drainage has been designed considering 828 mm maximum rainfall in the area.

The existing drains of 39 Km need to be renovated and new road side drains (of 18.33 Km)

to be constructed

SEWERAGE GENERATION IN THE LPA

The sewage generation is approximately assumed to be 80 % of total net water supply has

beenconsidered out of which water supplied for green areas, washing streets, Horticulture,

Fire fightingwould cover the ground water infiltration. Present sewage generation in the LPA

is calculated as shown in the table below



Table 5.4: Sewage generat ion in the LPA, 2011

SL AREA POPULATION (Water consumption) lakh Litres per day

Sewerage Generation (lakh Litres per day)

1 Anekal TMC 45000 6.075 4.86

2 Rest of LPA 310507 17.08 13.66

TOTAL 23.15 18.52

*Calculated @ 80% of total water supply as sewage .

3.4 UNDERGROUND SEWERAGE SYSTEM

Anekal TMC does not have underground drainage (UGD) system, most of the households

depend on septic tanks for sewerage disposal. 20% of the area is covered by underground

sewerage system. Around 3050 households are provided with individual sanitation facility i.e.

septic tank and rest of the town residents are using the existing public toilets or resort to

open air defecation. Most of the night soil is washed out through the existing drains causing

nuisance and health hazard in the entire TMC area.

3.5 DISTRIBUTION OF SANITATION FACILITIES

The figure below shows the availability

of toilet facilities in the Anekaltaluk. It

can be seen that only 42% of the

households have toilet facility present

within their premises. 1.8% use the

community toilet while 42% go for

open defecation.

Figure 5.5: Avai labi l i ty of sanitat ion faci l i t ies in Anekaltaluk,

Source: census 2011

Toilet facility present within

premises 42%

Community Toilet 2%

Open defecation

56%

Availability of toilet facilities in Anekal district



3.6 RURAL SANITATION

Promotion of rural sanitation is being carried out through the implementation of

NirmalaGramaYojane. Providing toilet facilities to primary schools with water supply facility is

also a component of the programme. Efforts have also been made to create awareness

among the people on hygiene and cleanliness through the Total Sanitation Campaign (TSC).

3.7 ISSUES

The critical issues for sewerage and sanitation in the Anekal LPA are as follows:

1. Access to toilets in rural areas is alarmingly poor (15.6%). Abandoning of open

defecation is needed not only for human health but also for economic and social

development. It pollutes ground water, contaminates ground water and spreads

diseases like diarrhoea and cholera.

2. Underground sewerage system has only partial coverage in Anekal town whereas

ideally the entire town limits should be under coverage.

3. In majority of the urban area – surface drains are either absent, improperly

constructed and maintained or are blocked.

4. There is lack of municipal maintenance of the drainage system.

5. Total coverage of the town area is absent.

SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

INTRODUCTION

Solid waste can be defined as material that no longer has any value to the person who is

responsible for it, and is not intended to be discharged through a pipe. It is generated by



domestic, commercial, industrial, healthcare, agricultural and mineral extraction activities and

accumulates in streets and public places.

The production of solid waste in an urban area is an attribute of the socio – economic profile

of the population and activities in the area. More the city is developed; more is the generation

of wastes. Again, the pre dominance of the industrial and commercial land use in the city

increases the generation of wastes.

MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT IN ANEKAL

As per the survey conducted by Anekal TMC in 2007-08, 16tonnes of solid waste (including

construction waste and street sweeping) is generated in the town. The per capita waste

generated is 350 gm/day. About 25 percent of the waste is inorganic and recyclable waste.

TMC estimates that 57 percent waste is generated by households (about 7000 kg/day).

Commercial establishments contribute approximately about 4000 kg/day. Street sweeping

accumulates 2.5 tons of the total waste.

As per the current practice, solid waste is not segregated. Door to door collection is also not

practiced. Majority of population dump their waste on to open vacant sites. The management

of solid waste activities (include sweeping the wards, drain cleaning, uprooting of plants and

collecting of garbage from different wards) is outsourced on annual basis. 40 sanitary

sweepers employed by the contractor covers 23 wards. The waste generated from Anekal

town collected from various sources is disposed in low laying areas near Doddakere at

almost 200-300 mts and road side on the outskirts of TMC limits. Other places where

dumping is rampant are the Hompalaghatta and on Hosur road.

Anekal TMC collects about 50 percent of total waste generated (8 tons of 16 tons) at present

there is no door to door collection system, and waste is collected through open community

bins which are inadequate. Local population dumps the waste haphazardly in drains or open

spaces. As a result, drains are clogged and silted. Frequency of collection is also irregular

ranging from 2-10 days. Door to door collection (100%) to be introduced by Anekal TMC with

support from NGOs. Community bins should be placed in such a way that it covers the

maximum area Segregation of waste at household level or at the secondary storage points.

Street sweeping and collection of waste to be done on a daily basis.



INDUSTRIAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Management of Industrial Solid Waste (ISW) is not the responsibility oflocal bodies.

Industries generating solid waste have to manage such waste bythemselves and are

required to seek authorizations from respective State PollutionControl Boards (SPCBs) under

relevant rules. However, through joint efforts ofSPCBs, local bodies and the industries, a

mechanism could be evolved for bettermanagement.

Assessment of industrial solid waste management problem greatly variesdepending on the

nature of the industry, their location and mode of disposal ofwaste. Further, for arriving at an

appropriate solution for better management ofindustrial solid waste, assessment of nature of

waste generated is also essential.

Industries are required to collect and dispose of their waste at specificdisposal sites and

such collection, treatment and disposal is required to bemonitored by the concerned State

Pollution Control Board (SPCB) or PollutionControl Committee (PCC) in Union Territory. The

following problems aregenerally encountered in cities and towns while dealing with industrial

solid waste

There are no specific disposal sites where industries can dispose their waste;

Mostly, industries generating solid waste in city and town limits are ofsmall scale

nature and even do not seek consents of SPCBs/PCCs ;

Industries are located in non-conforming areas and as a result they causewater and

air pollution problems besides disposing solid waste.

Industrial estates located in city limits do not have adequate facilities so thatindustries

can organize their collection, treatment and disposal of liquid andsolid waste;

There is no regular interaction between urban local bodies andSPCBs/PCCs to deal

such issues relating to treatment and disposal of waste

Issuance of licenses in non-conforming areas.



SOLID WASTE GENERATION

By comparing the per capita waste generation in different Indian cities, CPHEEO has

suggested norm for solid waste generation according to different activities.

Residential refuse: 0.3 to 0.6 kg/cap/day Commercial refuse: 0.1 to 0.2 kg/cap/day

Street sweepings: 0.05 to 0.2 kg/cap/day Institutional refuse: 0.05 to 0.2 kg/cap/day

Hence the total waste generated in the LPA for 2011 has been computed as follows:

Table 5.5: Solid Waste generation in the LPA

Area Population Domestic Waste generated (in kg)

Non-domestic Solid waste generated (in kg)

area of land fill reqd per day (sq m)(20m depth)

area reqd for next 10 yrs

Anekal TMC-2011 45000 22500 4500 1.819 1.641

Rest of LPA 2011 310507 93152.1 31050.7 8.369 7.548

*Calculated @ .5 kg domestic waste for urban areas, @.3 kg domestic waste for rural areas and 0.1 kg non -

domestic waste for the LPA

The solid waste generation details of Anekal Municipal area at present as per Anekal TMC

are as under

Table 5.6: Municipal Sol id waste management data

Total Solid Waste Generation per day

(in ton)

Total MSW collected (in ton)

No of vehicles for Transport and

Disposal

Area of Land fill site (acres)

No of houses covered under door-to-door

collection

18 12 03 no 7297

Table 5.7: Solid waste generat ion and landfi l l requirement

Area Population Domestic Waste generated (in kg)

Non-domestic Solid waste generated (in kg)

Total waste generated (in kg)

Landfill area required for 2031 (acres)

2011 151202.8 9.189



Anekal TMC-2031 81103 24330.9 8110.3 32441.2 1.971

Rest of LPA 2031 1918897 575669.1 191889.7 767558.8 46.644

57.805

ISSUES

1. INADEQUATE LANDFILL SITES FOR FUTURE SCENARIO

Landfill site of 58 acres is required in the LPA in 2031. Sites need to be located for landfilling.

2. INADEQUATE RESOURCE

There is inadequacy of resource in terms of municipal workers, solid waste management

tools and equipment in the municipality.

3. NO WASTE SEGREGATION

Concept of segregation of waste is largely absent and people are totally ignorant about the

significance and necessity of segregation of Solid waste

4. ABSENCE OF PROPER COLLECTION AND TRANSPORT:

The process of collection, which requires substantial man and logistics management, is very

poor. This coupled with lack of proper transportation has resulted in a situation wherein 50-

70% of the waste is not collected at all.

5. LACK OF AWARENESS IN GENERAL PUBLIC

There is no awareness among the general public about the solid waste management. People

are not aware of the way to dispose the waste. Careless disposal of waste on streets has

resulted in littering of waste.



POWER AND TELECOMMUNICATION

INTRODUCTION

The power supply is an important component of physical infrastructure for any city or town to

work efficiently. Efficient supply of power ensures proper working of all other infrastructure

facilities like water supply, sanitation etc.

Based on the estimated requirements of power supply in urban area as per the new master

plan of Delhi, the consumption works out to be about 2kw per household/day. The allocation

of electric sub-stations is to be done as per the population that is one 11 kV of sub-station for

every 15000 population. (UDPFI guidelines) It is the general standard for all categories of

towns/ cities.

Anekal has 1623 streetlights. Tube lights constitute 80 percent of existing lights. The

remaining 20 percent are sodium vapour lamps. Anekal TMC also has installed about 112

High Mast lights at important junctions and other places throughout the town, making the

town adequately lit. A present gap of 3019 street lights is identified in the town. Streetlights

coverage area is only 35 % of the town. There is inadequate street lighting in

peripheral/newly developing areas and slums.

DEMAND AND SUPPLY

There are 150851 domestic consumers in Anekal Taluk as compared to 14962 commercial

consumers. 5334 IP sets are

currently present in the Taluk. 8121

industrial connection area

provided.The figure below shows the

electricity consumption rate in lakh

units in Anekal Taluk.

Figure 5.6: Electr ici ty consumption in Anekal

Taluk ( in Lakh units)Source: Bengaluru Urban

Distr ict at a Glance 2010-2011

Domestic consumption

8%

Industrial consumption

73%

Commercial consumption

6%

I P sets 8%

Street Light installations

4%

Others 1%

Anekal Taluk



5.2 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

EDUCATION

INTRODUCTION

Education is recognised as a fundamental human right, along with other necessities, such as

food, shelter and water in The Universal Declaration on Human Rights (1948). The

advantages it confers on individuals and nations are multi-dimensional and multi-faceted. It

sustains economic growth by providing basic as well as specialised skills that ensure

increased productivity and higher per capita incomes.

Achievements in education in Karnataka have been quite remarkable, and the state is

moving towards universal literacy at a steady pace. The literacy rate increased from 56.04

per cent in 1991 to 66.64 per cent in 2001

EDUCATION INFRASTRUCTURE IN THE LPA

The educational infrastructure in the LPA consists of 194 lower primary schools, 209 higher

primary schools and 90 high schools.

Figure 5.7 : Distr ibution of Educational faci l i t ies in Anekal Taluk

LOWER PRIMARY HIGHER PRIMARY HIGH SCHOOLS

Units 194 209 90

0

50

100

150

200

250

NO

OF

SC

HO

OL

S

EDUCATION INFRASTRUCTURE IN ANEKAL TALUK




The infrastructure data in schools show that almost 80% of the schools have separate girls’

toilet. Almost all schools have electricity supply, ramps and play ground. 391 primary schools

have library facility and 402 primary schools have drinking water facility.

Figure 5.8: Infrastructure faci l i t ies in schools in Anekal distr ict


EDUCATION LEVEL: INDICATORS

LITERACY RATE

The average literacy rate of Anekal Taluk is 79.7%, whereas that in the urban area is 70.4%

and that in rural areas is 68.2%. The literacy rate among females is lower in both urban and

rural areas.

ANEKALTaluk

Commontoilet

Girls toilet ElectricityPlay

groundRamps Library

Compound walls

Drinkingwater

PRIMARY 403 124 382 399 218 240 391 293 402

HIGH SCHOOLS 106 90 45 88 86 9 87 83 90

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

no

of sch

oo

ls

INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES



Figure 5.9 : Literacy rate in Anekal Taluk


ENROLLMENT

The enrolment data in the Anekal Taluk shows that the enrolment is higher in upper primary

schools than in lower primary and high schools. This might be attributed to the higher priority

to basic education among the poorer sections of the society. Enrolment is higher among

boys than girls.

Figure 5.10: Enrolment rate in Primary and Secondary classes in Anekal Ta luk.


ANEKAL URBAN ANEKAL RURAL TOTAL

AVERAGE LITERACY RATE 79.7 68.2 70.4

MALE LITERACY RATE 86.3 77.2 79

FEMALE LITERACY RATE 71.6 58 60.5

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

LIT

ER

AC

Y R

AT

E

LITERACY RATE ANEKAL

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

30000

lower primary schools Upper primary Schools Higher schools

EN

RO

LM

EN

T

Anekal Enrolment

Boys

Girls



DROPOUT RATE ( age group 6-14)

51,000 students in the age group of 6-14 years were reported out of school. Among them

27,000 were boys and 24,000 were girls.It can be seen from the graph below that almost

36% of the students dropped out after primary education

Table 5.12 : Dropouts in Anekal Taluk Figure 5.11:Distr ibution of school chi ldren in age group 6 -14


PUPIL TEACHER RATIO ( 1 to 10)

The pupil teacher ratio in Primary Schools is 25.53 whereas that in high schools is 30.25.

The ‘Right Of Children To Free And Compulsory Education Act 2009’ states the student

teacher ratio in 1st to 5th standard as 1:30 and that from 6th to 10th as 1:35. Segregated class

wise and school wise data is not available, but the aggregate data meets the national

standards of education.

CATEGORY PUPIL TEACHER RATIO

PRIMARY SCHOOLS 25.53

HIGH SCHOOLS 30.25

Table 5.8 :Pupil Teacher Ratio in Anekal Taluk.

64%

36%

ANEKAL TALUK SCHOOLS DROPOUT (6-14 yrs)

enrollment dropout

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

Total no ofdropouts

Boys Girls

DROPOUTS IN ANEKAL TALUK (6-14 yrs)

No of children



EDUCATION SCHEMES

Akshara Dasoha Program

The Akshara Dasoha program is an initiative to provide free food to school children and

improve their health and nutrition. It is anticipated that improvement of health and nutrition

would automatically improve the education level and would also support the education

objectives of the state.

“Akshara Dasoha” program aims at providing hot cooked meals to all the children studying in

1st to 5th standard in all the Government Primary Schools of the State. The Mission of the

program is to free all the primary school children from hunger, improve their learning abilities

and bring about equity.

HEALTH

INTRODUCTION

Health status is an important indicator of the socio economic conditions of a society since it

has far reaching effects across all socio economic strata. Hence commitment to improvement

of health status especially among women, children and vulnerable population such as

schedule casts and scheduled tribes, is an important goal of any planning process. Efficient

planning requires an appraisal of the current infrastructure and policies, assessment of

progress, identification of gaps and proposals to mitigate the condition.

HEALTHCARE INFRASTRUCTURE IN THE LPA

The healthcare infrastructure in Anekal consists of 1 Taluk headquarter hospital, 2 govt

hospitals and 13 family welfare centre.



Figure 5.13: Health care center in Anekal Taluk.

HEALTH SCHEMES

The National Rural health mission has been introduced to provide universal access to

equitable, affordable and quality healthcare which is responsive to the needs of the

people. Initiatives for reducing child and maternal mortality, stabilising population

along with gender and demographic balance have been taken.

The key features for delivery of NRHM in Karnataka includes making public health

delivery system fully functional and accountable to the community, working in a

mission mode, decentralised planning, delegation of power, human resource

management, community involvement, rigorous monitoring and evaluation against

standards, convergence of health related programs and flexible financing.

The NRHM program has five distinct agenda

Promotion of maternal and child health: Maternal ill health and death impacts families,

communities and societies and has far reaching impacts across all socio-economic

strata. Promotion of maternal and child health is an important objective of NRHM,

since mother hood encompasses reproductive health, family planning, pregnancy,

childbirth, infant and maternal mortality.

TalukHeadquarter

Hospitals

Govt.hospitals

Allopathyhospitals

primary healthcentres

Family welfarecentres

Indian Systemof Medicine

No of Units in Anekal Taluk 1 2 1 13 2 2

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

NO

OF

UN

ITS

Anekal Taluk



In view of the above goals, an umbrella scheme has been initiated called the “Thayi

Bhagya” scheme which consists of three sub schemes – Janani Suraksha Yojna,

Prasooti Araike and Madilu.

Under Janani Suraksha scheme, poor pregnant women are given financial and

institutional assistance through a decentralised medical infrastructure system.

Prasooti Araike is also a part of the maternal healthcare program in which health care

and check-up facilities are provided to women. Madilu is another scheme that was

devised to encourage women to deliver in hospitals for which they would be entitled to

medical kit for the baby and the mother.

Child health care: Health and well being of children during their intra-uterine period,

toddler years, school age and adolescence needs intervention which is reached out

through Maternal and child care programs and the public delivery system,

Anganawadis, ASHAs and schools.

Immunisation: It is the most cost-effective and effective intervention in public health

system. Polio, DTP, BCG, Measles, TB and Hepatitis B vaccines are administered

through the various PHCs and FRUs. Beside this childhood diseases and neonatal

illnesses are taken care of through IMNCI (Integrated Management of Neonatal and

childhood illnesses) program.

Disease control program: In order to provide health care facilities to patients with

diseases like AIDS, Leprosy, Tuberculosis and terminal diseases like cancer, several

programs have been introduced at the Taluk level, like AIDS control program, Leprosy

control program, TB control program and Cancer control program, vector disease

control program etc.

Inter-sectoral convergence: In additional to the above, facilities like ambulance service

have also been introduced. One ambulance per 1.1 lakh population has been

provided for rural areas with a maximum reaching time of 25.5 minutes.

The table below shows a list of health programs in Anekal Taluk



SL PROGRAMMES

1 Immunisation program

2 Family planning Initiative

3 Aids control Program

4 Leprosy control program

5 TB Control program

6 Cancer Control Program

7 Janani Suraksha Yojna

8 Madilu Yojna

Table 5.9: List of Healthcare programs in Anekal Taluk.

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 6 | Environmental Issues


CHAPTER 6

ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

6.1 POLLUTION: GENERATION AND CONSEQUENCES

GROUND WATER POLLUTION

A study on ground water in Anekal Taluk was conducted by the Department of Environmental Science,

Bangalore University. The physicochemical and biological results have been subjected to statistical

analysis and given in the Table 1. The observed ranges of the samples were compared with Bureau

of Indian Standards (BIS- 10500: 1991). The samples collected showed considerable variations in the

quality of groundwater. This might be due to irregular distribution of rocks or due to variation in the

depth of sample points. A comparison of the depth of hand pump installation indicates that the deep

installations are better than the shallow installations with respect to the groundwater quality, since

shallow hand pumps draw water from the topmost water bearing structure, which is contaminated by

various natural and anthropogenic sources percolating in the vicinity.

The pH value in 9.45% of groundwater samples was found exceeding the acceptable limit of BIS. The

chlorides varied widely from 9.89 – 5918.2 mg/l with a mean value of 218.15 mg/l and 1.27% of

samples were found exceeding the acceptable limit of BIS. The total hardness ranged between 20 -

4600 mg/l as CaCO3 with a mean value of 225.59 mg/l as CaCO3 which indicated hard water and

2.83% of samples were found exceeding the acceptable limits of BIS. Fluoride content in the study

area varied from 0 – 16 mg/l with a mean value of 0.84 mg/l and 10.04% of the samples were found

exceeding the acceptable limits of BIS standards. E. coli in the study area varied from 0 – 364/100ml

and the mean concentration is found to be 12/100ml with 31.19% of the samples exceeding the

acceptable limit of BIS.

AIR POLLUTION

There is no formal report on air quality in Anekal. However approximately 6000 Ha of industrial area

has been proposed in the master plan 2031 out of which manufacturing consist of almost fifty per

cent. Hence, air pollution might be a reality in the area in near future. Proposals have been made in

the master plan for action for prevention of industrial pollution.



SOIL EROSION

Anekal has good quality agricultural land within its limits which would transform into urbanised land

due to growth pressure. Sustainable agricultural practices should therefore be adopted in the

remaining agricultural land form maximising and sustaining productivity.

6.2 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

Rainwater system is an alternative plumbing system that helps to conserve our limited water

supply. Currently, most of us use clean drinking water straight from the tap to water our gardens.

Rainwater system gives another water choice for irrigating and can save money. Using non-potable

water to irrigate your gar-den can also help replenish local aquifers.

Rainwater harvesting is collected precipitation from rooftops and other above-ground impervious

surfaces that is stored in catchment tanks for later use. Rainwater harvesting systems can range from

a simple barrel at the bottom of a downspout to multiple cisterns with pumps and filtration. The

harvested rainwater is low in sodium and chloramine and fluoride free.

There are two main types of rainwater harvesting systems that vary in complexity, volume of water

stored and permitting requirements.

Rain Barrel A rain barrel system is a simple rainwater collector that captures and stores a portion of

the runoff from a roof downspout. A hose attached to the bottom of the rain barrel can be used to

irrigate your garden. A rain barrel will only capture a small fraction of the rainwater that flows off your

roof, the rest of the runoff will still need to drain to a safe overflow location.

Cisterns Cisterns are larger systems that can hold much more water and may include pumps to move

the rainwater to the garden. More complex systems can involve plumbing and electrical work, soil

excavation or other structural work. For rainwater collection projects of this scale, consult a

professional to review design, construction and safety considerations. Permits and zoning certificates

are required for cistern systems.

Proposal has been forwarded in the Master Plan 2031 for rainwater harvesting techniques in the LPA.



6.3 DISASTER MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT ISSUES

Till recently, the approach to Disaster Management has been reactive and relief centric. A paradigm

shift has now taken place at the national level from the relief centric syndrome to holistic and

integrated approach with emphasis on prevention, mitigation and preparedness. These efforts are

aimed to conserve developmental gains as also minimize losses to lives, livelihood and property.

A typical Disaster Management continuum as shown below, comprising of six elements i.e.,

Prevention, Mitigation and Preparedness in pre-disaster phase, and Response, Rehabilitation and

Reconstruction in post-disaster phase, defines the complete approach to Disaster Management.

Fig 6.1: Disaster management Continuum

Source: National Disaster Management Authority

Industrial hazards leading to chemical and biological disasters and fire hazard are the most prominent

hazards that the LPA faces. The master plan proposes guidelines for undertaking detail studies at the

micro level for equipping the authorities for the same.

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 7 |Problems


CHAPTER 7

PROBLEMS

The issues and requirements in the study area can be summarised as under:

1. UNCONTROLLED URBANISATION: The existing landuse map (Map no: 10) shows that

development is scattered in the entire LPA. There is an absence of conurbation boundary

around the major growth nodes. Uncontrolled development is presently leading to conversion

of agricultural lands into developed land parcels. As per the development strategy of the

structure plan 2031 compact development in the urbanised areas is to be promoted, which

has been taken as one of the guiding principles of Master Plan 2031.

2. LACK OF SEGREGATION BETWEEN CONFLICTING LANDUSE: There has been a lot of

change in land from IMP 2021 under section 14A and 14A(3), in the LPA, where proposed

industrial and agricultural land has been converted into residential use. As such zoning of

landuse is presently improper. Effort has been taken in the Master Plan 2031, to zone and

segregate conflicting landuses.

3. NO SPECIFIC GROWTH DIRECTION: Growth direction needs to be specified since

uncontrolled urbanisation in the LPA has led to haphazard development. Growth is promoted

in the four growth nodes of the LPA – Anekal, Jigani-Bommasandra area, Attibele –

Chandapura corridor and Sarjapura.

4. ABSENCE OF PLANNING DISTRICTS: Planning districts were absent in the LPA 2021.

Planning districts have been carved out around the major growth centres in the LPA – Anekal,

Jigani-Bommasandra, Attibele and Sarjapura.

5. REQUIREMENT OF ALTERNATIVE MASS TRANSIT MODE: There is a high traffic volume

along NH 207 towards Bangalore as well as Hosur. In order to cater to the high demand,

reduce share of private vehicles, Mass Rapid Transit System (MRTS) should be introduces.

6. INADEQUATE CONNECTIVITY: Connectivity in some parts of the LPA is poor due to

absence of roads. New road have been proposed to increase connectivity.

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 7 |Problems


7. IMPROPER ROAD GEOMETRY: Road geometry is poor in the existing road network.

Appropriate design has been proposed in the Master Plan 2031.

8. LACK OF INDUSTRIAL ZONING: Appropriate zoning of industries is absent in the LPA. The

Master Plan 2031 proposes the type of industries suitable for each area and required buffer

between agricultural and industrial areas in the form of roads.

9. ABSENCE OF FREIGHT COMPLEX: There is large number of industrial units present in the

LPA and 6000 Ha of industrial area has been proposed. The neighbouring Hosur town also

has large conglomeration of industries. A freight complex with logistic facility is pre-requisite

for industrial setup of such scale. Hence an industrial complex of 500 Ha has been proposed

in the vicinity of the railway line, State Highway 35 and the ITRR.

10. INADEQUATE RESIDENTIAL AREA: the LPA would be home to about 27 lakh people in the

year 2031. Adequate residential area has been proposed in the Master Plan to promote a

development density of 100 pph.

11. SLUM AREA TO BE IMPROVED: There are 6 non-notified slums and 3 notified slums in the

Anekal TMC area. The Master Plan 2031 proposes guidelines for improvement of slum

through RAY (Rajiv Awas Yojana), BUSP (Basic Urban Services for Poor) etc.,

12. ADEQUATE INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED: Infrastructure

requirements for the year 2031 have been calculated and adequate area and policy guidelines

have been proposed.

13. ABSENCE OF LANDFILL MANAGEMENT SITE: Landfill management site is absent in the

LPA. 70 acres of land has been proposed as landfill management site.

14. DESTRUCTION OF CATCHMENT AREA OF LAKES AND TANKS: The catchment areas of

the lakes and tanks do not have appropriate green cover. The catchment areas of lakes and

tanks have been assigned as green area to augment ground water recharge.

15. Railway intersections are present in the LPA. Underpasses have been proposed in all

locations.

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 8|Visualising the Future


CHAPTER 8

VISUALISING THE FUTURE

8.1 INTERIM MASTER PLAN PROJECTION

The Master Plan 2031 is based on the context set by the Interim Master Plan 2021. The total

population projected by the IMP for the LPA till the year 2021 was 11.8 lakhs based on census 2001

data. The revised master plan 2031 however uses census 2011 data for projecting the population for

the horizon year. Hence there is a difference in the projected population due to more updated data

available.

The landuse statistics as proposed by the Interim Master Plan is as follows:

Table 8.1: IMP Landuse Analysis-2021

Landuse Area in Sq km Percentage

Residential 67.80 31.5%

Commercial 11.60 5.4%

Industrial 89.78 41.7%

Parks and Open space 12.59 5.8%

Public & Semi-Public 6.90 3.2%

Utilities and Services

Transport and Communications 26.80 12.4%

Total 215.47 100.0%

Total area proposed in the Interim Master Plan is 215.47 sqkm. Total residential area proposed in

the IMP is 67.80 sqkm. 5.4% of the developed area is commercial and 41.7% of the area is industrial.

5.8% of the developable area is parks and open spaces. Transport and communication takes up

12.4% of the total proposed area. However, transport statistics excludes BMR proposed roads.



8.2 POPULATION PROJECTION

INTRODUCTION

The Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 proposes a comprehensive plan for the local planning area within

the framework of the BMR RSP 2031 with a base set by the Anekal IMP 2021. The BMR draft RSP

2031 envisages a population of distribution of 75% - 25% between the core and the rest of BMR for

sustainable long term growth since the BBMP area would be saturated by 2016 according to the

revised master plan ( RMP) 2015. This would mean deflection of 1.8 million people from the core to

the outside by 2031. Since the present share of population between the core and the outside is 77%-

23%1, this redistribution has to be supported by proper employment facilities integrated with a strong

circulation network, residential and allied facilities.

The Anekal LPA, due to its various growth potentials has seen rapid and uncontrolled urbanisation.

The growth of the LPA needs to be streamlined. Hence population projection has been made with

due consideration to the constraints of urbanisation.

8.2.1 FACTORS AFFECTING GROWTH

The LPA has seen a lot of growth in the recent years. The various factors aiding the growth of the

LPA are as follows:

• Proximity to the Bangalore Metropolitan Area (BDA jurisdiction): The LPA is in close

proximity to the conurbation limits of BMA in the north-west. Its proximity to the Electronic City –

which is the hub of IT industry in Bangalore, makes it a favourable location for residential base and

supportive economy for the industrial activity. The NH-7 corridor along with its adjacent areas has

seen intense development in the recent past.

• Housing: The industrial estates in the Jigani-Bommasandra area, Hosur industrial area and

the Electronic City have generated enormous demand for housing. Several private and KHB

residential projects have come up to fulfil the housing demand and resulted in huge population growth

in the area.

• Knowledge center and healthcare hub in the LPA: The Anekal LPA boasts of several

educational institutions for school, higher education and vocational training. Medical Institutions of

1BMR RSP 2031



national repute are present in the area drawing patients from the BMR and beyond. These activities

promote local economy and generate sustainable growth in the LPA.

• Bangalore Chennai Industrial Corridor: The upcoming Bangalore Chennai Industrial

Corridor will be an added growth generator in the region in the future. The corridor passing through

the Hoskote Planning Area will provide faster connectivity to the Chennai port thereby spurring

growth of industrial activity. The LPA, owing to superior infrastructure, educated and skilled workforce

will incur attractive investments.

8.2.2 POPULATION GROWTH TREND IN THE LPA

The Anekal LPA is composed of the Anekal TMC and 169 villages. The Anekal town, Jigani-

Bommasandra industrial area, Chandapura corridor and Sarjapura are the major growth centres in

the LPA.

POPULATION GROWTH IN ANEKAL LPA

The population in the LPA as per 2011 census is 3.55 lakhs. The above figure below shows the

growth trend in Anekal LPA.

Fig 8.1: Anekal LPA Population growth, Source: Census of India

It can be seen that the decadal growth rate from 1991 to 2001 has been 48.6% whereas that from

2001 to 2011 has been 67.3%. The growth rate in the LPA is very high compared to the national

growth rate of 1.7% per annum.

1991 2001 2011

ANEKAL LPA 168693 212767 355606

0

50000

100000

150000

200000

250000

300000

350000

400000

PO

PU

LA

TIO

N

ANEKAL LPA POPULATION GROWTH

48.6%

67.3%



Table 8.2: Population Growth rate in Anekal LPA

Year Decadal growth rate Annual growth

1991-2001 48.6% 4.8%

2001-2011 67.3% 6.7%

POPULATION GROWTH IN ANEKAL TMC

The population in the Anekal TMC as per census 2011 is 45,000. The figure shows the growth trend

in Anekal TMC.

Fig 8.2: Anekal TMC Population growth; Source: Census of India

It can be seen that the decadal growth rate from 1991 to 2001 has been 32.9% whereas that from

2001 to 2011 has been 35.17%. The growth rate in the LPA is very high compared to the national

growth rate of 1.7% per annum.

Table 8.3: Population Growth rate in Anekal TMC

Year Decadal growth rate Annual growth

1991-2001 33% 3.3%

2001-2011 36% 3.6%

1991 2001 2011

Anekal-TMC 24938 33157 45000

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

30000

35000

40000

45000

50000

PO

PU

LA

TIO

N

ANEKAL-TMC POPULATION GROWTH

33%

36%



8.2.3 POPULATION PROJECTION MASTER PLAN 2031

NATURAL GROWTH OF POPULATION IN THE LPA

The natural increase in the population has been calculated through statistical methods like arithmetic

progression, geometric progression and ANGM (annual national growth method). It has been

observed from the data that many of the villages have a negative growth rate while some of the

villages have compounding positive growth rates. The growth of the population calculated through

various statistical methods is as follows:

Table 8.4: Natural growth of population calculated through various

statistical methods.

Statistical method used Projected population

Arithmetic Progression 20 lakhs

Geometric Progression 16 lakhs

Annual National Growth Rate Method 4.85 lakhs

The Annual National growth rate method uses the average national growth rate for projection. The

growth rate of India is 1.7% which is very low compared to the growth rate of Anekal LPA which is

6.7%. Hence the ANGM method cannot be accepted as a projection method in the LPA.

The Arithmetic progression method uses linear projection of population. However the growth trend in

the villages of LPA has shown compounding (geometric) positive as well as negative growth rates.

Hence a linear projection system is not accurate in such a situation.

The Geometric Progression Method is the most appropriate method of projection in the LPA since the

existing growth trends also follow a geometric trend.

The LPA has high potential for industrial development. More than 1000 Ha of industrial land are

present in the LPA at present. 1300 industrial units are registered in the LPA. The Anekal Taluk

Industrial Perspective Plan says that the Taluk has a potential for the promotion of about 6,900 tiny &

SSI units including service enterprises, 330 medium & large industrial units and 44 mega

projects. The total investment that can be catalysed during the five year period 2006-11 is estimated



at about Rs. 30,680 cr. with a potential to generate direct employment to about 11,86,000 persons

and indirect employment to about 3,55,000 persons. The aggregate credit requirement is around

Rs. 15,400 cr. and private sector equity of Rs. 15,290 cr.

In light of the high employment potential, it can be safely assumed that the growth in the LPA will

follow the present trend of geometric growth.

Hence the population projected through geometric method is considered as the projected population

in the LPA till the year 2031. For all purposed of calculation 16 lakhs is considered as the LPA

population till the year 2031.

The details of calculation through geometric projection method have been given below.

Table 8.5: Population projection of the villages of LPA (geometric growth)

SL VILLAGE NAME 1991 2001 2011 2021 2031

1 A Medihalli - 498 451 451 451

2 Adigarakallahalli 1732 2066 2893 3692 4711

3 Adigondanahalli 1214 1219 648 344 624

4 Adur 561 636 717 811 916

5 AgasaThimmanahalli 7 17 22 36 58

6 Ali Bommasandra 519 575 700 807 930

7 AmaniBidarakere(B) - 25 0 0 0

8 AmaniDoddakere(B) 7 24 0 0 0

9 Andapura 110 155 1474 3616 8869

10 Anekal-Rural 3213 349 2592 2905 3256

11 Anekal-TMC 24938 33157 45000 60438 81173

12 Araventigepura 153 281 248 219 248

13 Arehalli 583 665 850 1017 1218

14 Arenur 589 612 630 651 673

15 Attibele 7944 10559 20570 31827 49245

16 Avadadenahalli 493 513 680 756 841

17 Bagganododdi 237 474 386 314 384

18 Balagaranahalli 694 2262 5444 15086 41804

19 Ballur 1461 3580 4568 7307 11688

20 Banahalli 895 109 475 409 474

21 Banahalli 98 2071 5788 34807 209322

22 BanadeNalla Sandra 550 645 1347 1901 2682

23 Bendiganahalli 251 274 658 871 1152

24 Bestammanahalli 655 716 828 928 1040

25 Bhaktipura 323 378 360 343 360

26 Bidaragere 845 900 1006 1094 1190

27 Bidaraguppe 2822 2850 3748 3949 4161

28 Bidarakadahalli (B) - - - - -

29 Bikkanahalli 869 874 846 819 846



30 Bilchikknahalli - - - - -

31 Billapura 639 848 2244 3803 6444

32 Bommanadahalli 482 662 799 1020 1303

33 Bommasandra 4514 7614 15729 29126 53934

34 Bukksagara 1077 1258 1775 2237 2820

35 Buragunte 259 361 715 1152 1857

36 Byagadadenahalli 450 411 1435 2621 4786

37 Byalahalli 27 67 0 0 0

38 Chambenahalli 811 953 1277 1587 1973

39 Chandapura 1975 1721 10507 64147 391629

40 ChannenaAgrahara 205 258 458 659 948

41 ChikkaHagade 587 650 866 1028 1220

42 ChikkaHosahalli 1139 1187 1367 1476 1593

43 Chikkadasarahalli 382 412 502 567 641

44 Chikkadunnasandra 14 20 0 0 0

45 Chikknahalli 265 280 308 331 356

46 Chikknahalli 271 285 585 709 859

47 Chikkanahatti (B) - - - - -

48 Chikkthimmasandra 279 278 338 411 500

49 Chudenahalli 509 558 497 443 496

50 Dasanapura 630 1129 1432 2080 3020

51 DeshapandeGuttahalli 32 45 51 63 77

52 DoddaHagade 697 770 898 1016 1150

53 Doddathimmasandra 714 699 658 682 707

54 Dyavasandra 448 295 564 1078 2062

55 Geratiganabele 821 1049 1074 1159 1251

56 Giddenahalli 191 318 413 595 858

57 Giddenahalli (B) - - - - -

58 Gonighattapura 503 689 763 913 1092

59 Gopasandra 516 552 635 700 771

60 Gowrenahalli 1253 1635 2226 2965 3948

61 Guddahatti 965 1333 975 713 966

62 Gudighattanahalli (B) - 10 33 0 0

63 Gudnahalli 538 657 1110 1535 2123

64 Haldenahalli 1963 1031 384 803 1680

65 Halehalli 723 808 864 942 1027

66 Handenahalli 1489 1485 1642 1816 2008

67 Haragadde 2965 3493 11615 0 0

68 Harapanahalli 638 929 3045 5961 11668

69 Hasaruvani (B) 8 35 17 8 16

70 Heelalige 1038 1440 3972 7087 12646

71 Hennagara 1489 1761 2970 3996 5378

72 Hinnakki 942 1078 992 0 0

73 Hompalaghatta 596 536 630 630 630

74 Honnakalasapura 291 364 494 642 833

75 Hosahalli 1052 638 875 1200 1646



76 Bingipura 48 19 75 296 1169

77 Iggalur 1116 1524 4700 8531 15484

78 Indlabele 640 890 3624 7202 14312

79 Indlawadi 1560 1730 1933 2152 2395

80 Indlawadipura 534 569 533 499 533

81 Itchangur 826 1754 3732 7933 16862

82 Ittangur 617 685 804 915 1042

83 Janthagondanahalli 597 628 703 758 818

84 Jigala 1038 1245 2445 3475 4940

85 Jigani 4140 7871 16909 34085 68708

86 Kachanaikanahalli 889 2231 5588 14010 35125

87 Kadagarahara - 396 720 1039 2380

88 Kadajakkanahalli 688 669 566 606 648

89 Kalanaikanahalli 170 239 342 485 688

90 Kalbalu 743 815 1986 2654 3547

91 Kamanahalli - 506 - - -

92 Kamblipura 427 594 560 528 560

93 Kammasandra 1184 2547 9924 27599 76753

94 KammasandraAgrahara 337 408 664 901 1224

95 Karpur - 1172 2026 0 0

96 KavalHosahalli 938 1238 1638 2165 2860

97 Kempavaderahalli 214 201 287 410 585

98 Kittaganahalli 955 2220 7269 19779 53817

99 Kodlipura 527 659 0 0 0

100 Konasandra 0 581 684 805 948

101 Koppa 1572 1100 2889 7588 19928

102 Kotiganahalli 181 254 249 244 249

103 Krishnasagara 101 98 594 1502 3799

104 Kugur 1073 1137 828 603 820

105 Kumbaranahalli 466 602 723 898 1115

106 Kunmadibala 278 326 480 615 789

107 Kuburahatti 11 4 30 225 1688

108 Kuthaganahalli 976 1048 1100 1167 1237

109 Kyalasanahalli 1062 1151 1836 2230 2710

110 Laxmisagara 556 627 1006 1278 1623

111 Lingapura 647 746 895 1051 1235

112 M. Medihalli 474 553 659 777 916

113 Madappanahalli 223 377 413 515 641

114 Madivala 2974 2169 3643 6119 10277

115 MahalChowdadenahalli 500 557 590 638 691

116 Mahanthalingapura 1555 2317 2698 3453 4419

117 Manchanahalli 933 1148 1307 1540 1815

118 Maranaikanahalli 702 761 778 812 847

119 Marasur 2233 1706 4303 6081 8593

120 MarasurAgrahara 110 126 136 151 167

121 Mattanahalli 582 643 0 0 0



122 Mayasandra 2694 3284 3658 4234 4900

123 Menasiganahalli 762 810 590 430 584

124 Mugalur 978 1239 1441 1741 2103

125 Muthagatti 1347 1970 2755 3937 5627

126 Muthanallur 1793 1784 1468 1514 1562

127 MuthanallurAmanikere(B) 0 0 241 241 241

128 Muthasandra 301 309 540 610 689

129 NagenAgrahara 0 18 18 18 18

130 Narayanaghatta 722 822 1059 1270 1522

131 Neralur 1164 2115 5606 12033 25830

132 Neriga 1097 1264 1351 1489 1641

133 Nosenur 906 1037 1165 1321 1497

134 NosenurGollahalli 298 400 515 676 889

135 PanditanaAgrehare 348 507 825 1266 1942

136 PatnagereGollahalli 126 201 232 301 390

137 Rachamanahalli 536 939 774 638 771

138 Ragihalli 1670 1590 1592 1594 1596

139 Rajapura 1205 730 2417 3549 5210

140 Ramakrishnapura 210 170 559 935 1563

141 Ramasagara 1350 1465 2345 2855 3477

142 S. Medihalli 1099 584 797 1088 1484

143 Samanahalli 474 549 0 0 0

144 Samandur 1734 2206 2493 2960 3514

145 Sarjapure 7062 8620 11782 15123 19412

146 Seeganaikanahalli 44 70 55 43 55

147 SeethanaikanaHalli 282 520 337 218 331

148 Shivanahalli 1457 1529 1382 1249 1381

149 Sidihosakote 1355 1471 1591 1724 1868

150 Singasandre 302 392 434 511 601

151 Sollepura 518 588 678 775 887

152 Solur 417 493 496 512 529

153 Sompura 661 679 1163 1313 1482

154 Sonnanayakanapura 825 1046 1240 1516 1853

155 Soppahalli 423 450 489 525 564

156 Submangala 518 676 849 1086 1389

157 Sunavara 526 846 1129 1635 2369

158 Surajakkanahalli 717 912 1310 1760 2364

159 Telagarahalli 678 626 756 913 1103

160 Thammanaikanahalli 2076 2271 2526 2785 3071

161 Thattanahalli 768 881 929 1012 1102

162 Thimmasandra 103 158 194 261 351

163 Thindlu 953 1008 1077 1145 1217

164 Thirumagondanahalli 868 1240 2100 3240 4999

165 Vaderamanchanahalli 316 717 2599 7269 20332

166 Vanakanahalli 1274 1283 1373 1403 1434

167 Volagerekallahalli 1033 1081 1118 1163 1209



168 Yadavanahalli 1334 2031 6408 12879 25885

169 Yamare 1039 1223 2185 2975 4050

170 Yarandahalli 783 2025 5279 13707 35591

TOTAL 168693 212756 355506 639800 1559579

A population 16 lakhs has been considered as the natural growth of the LPA by 2031.

Fig 8.3: Projected Population in Anekal LPA

8.2.4 AREA REQUIREMENT

Projected population in the LPA till 2031 is 16 lakhs. A population of 25 thousand is expected to be

accommodated in the villages in the agricultural zone. The requirement of area is calculated to

accommodate the projected population of 16 lakhs @ 70 pph density in the LPA.

Table 8.6: Population in Anekal LPA 2021, 2031

YEAR POPULATION TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA *

(@70 pph gross density)

2031 16,00,000 23317 ha

*Excluding agricultural land and water bodies

The total urbanisable land required by the year 2031 is 23317 Ha (@ 70 persons per Ha)

168693 212756 355502

640000

1600000

0

200000

400000

600000

800000

1000000

1200000

1400000

1600000

1800000

1991 2001 2011 2021 2031

PROJECTED POPULATION IN ANEKAL LPA TILL 2031

EXISTING POPULATION

PROJECTED POPULATION TILL 2031



8.2.5 PROPOSED LAND UTILISATION IN THE LPA 2031

The proposed land utilisation in the LPA can be seen in the table below. The urbanisable

(conurbation) area in the LPA is 26242.39 ha which accounts to 65.2% of the total LPA. 10759.88 Ha

of agricultural land has been retained outside the urbanisable limit, which is 26.7% of the total area.

Water bodies in the form of lakes, tanks and nalas constitute 2.2 % of the total area.

Table 8.7: Proposed Landuse in the LPA


PERCENTAGE








TOTAL 23317.03 100.00%

AGRICULTURE 731.98

WATER BODIES 2116.60

FOREST 33.46

HILLOCK'S/QUARRIES 43.32

TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA 26242.39

AGRICULTURE 10759.88

WATER BODIES 884.33

FOREST 2093.45


TOTAL 40230.03

8.2.6 DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION IN THE LPA 2031

The Anekal TMC is the only urban area in the LPA. However, there are several growth nodes in the

LPA that are fast assuming urban character. Chandapura, Jigani, Bommasandra, Sarjapura are the

fast growing areas in the LPA. Each of these nodes anchors the corresponding planning districts.

A total population of 16 lakhs has been distributed in the urbanisable area of the four planning

districts.



Table 8.8 Population density in the LPA and Planning Districts

AREA POPULATION WITHIN

CONURBATION AREA

CONURBATION/URBANISABLE

AREA(Ha)*

DENSITY

(pph)

Anekal Planning District 465000 6853.02 68 pph

Attibele Planning District 450000 5987.87 75 pph

Jigani Planning District 380000 5746.95 68 pph

Sarjapura Planning District 305000 4729.19 66 pph

Total 1600000 23317.03 70 pph

* Excluding water bodies, forests and agricultural lands



8.3 HOUSING REQUIREMENTS

HOUSING DEMAND FOR 2031

The housing demand for Anekal LPA has been calculated for 2031 as shown in the table below. The

housing requirement for the LPA for 2031 is of 3,47,000 units. The residential land required for the

same is 11,000 Ha. The total residential land provided in the Master Plan 2031 to cater to the

requirement is 11,082 Ha.

Table 8.9: Housing demand and residential Area requirement

1 Existing population in the LPA (2011) 355506

2 Required no of houses 68697 Ha

3 Required residential area @ 50 houses/Ha 1374 Ha

4 Existing residential area 2789 Ha

5 Projected population for 2031 (natural growth) 1600000

6 No of households (natural growth) (5)/4.5 346666

7 Residential area required @ 32 houses/Ha (6)/32 11000 Ha

8 Residential Area provided in MP 2031 11082 Ha

8.4 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

WATER SUPPLY

WATER SUPPLY DEMAND IN ANEKAL LPA

The present supply of water in Anekal LPA is 1.29 MLD while the present demand calculated

according to CPHEEO norms is 23.15 MLD. As such there is a deficit in supply. The projected

demand of water in 2031 is 212 MLD for domestic needs.



Figure 8.4: Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal LPA

INDUSTRIAL WATER DEMAND

8000 Ha of industrial area have been proposed in the Landuse Plan of the LPA. According to the

Industrial Perspective Plan, 6956 Tiny and SSI Units have been proposed and 337 Large and

Medium Industries and 44 mega projects have been planned. The water requirement is calculated to

be 68 MLD for the industrial area.


The sewage generation is approximately assumed to be 80 % of total net water supply has been

considered out of which water supplied for green areas, washing streets, horticulture, fire fighting

would cover the ground water infiltration. Sewage generation in the LPA for 2031 is calculated as

shown in the table below.

Table 8.10: Sewerage generation in the LPA 2031

SL AREA (Water consumption) Mld Sewerage Generation

(Mld) 2031

1 Anekal LPA 212 169.6

2011 2031

DEMAND 47.99 212.00

0.00

50.00

100.00

150.00

200.00

250.00

Wat

er

Sup

ply

in M

LD

WATER SUPPLY GAP IN ANEKAL LPA




The volume of domestic waster and corresponding landfill area required for the LPA for 2031. The

total area required is 58 acres. An area of 70 acres has been provided for solid waste management in

the LPA.

Table8.11: Solid waste generation and landfill requirement

Area Domestic Waste generated (in tonne)

Non-domestic Solid waste generated (in tonne)

Total waste generated (in tonne)

Landfill area required for 2031 (acres)

480 160 640 40

8.5 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

HEALTH: AREA REQUIREMENT

The requirement of health infrastructure in the LPA has been calculated from UDPFI guidelines as

shown in the table below. A total of 155 Ha is required for health care facilities in 2031.

Table 8.12: medical facility requirement till 2031

MEDICAL FACILITY NO OF UNITS REQUIRED

UNIT AREA REQUIRED (IN HA)

TOTAL AREA (IN HA)

General Hospital @ 1 per 2.5 lakh population- 500 beds 6 6

38.40

Intermediate Hospital ( category A) @ 1 pre 1 lakh population - 200 beds 16 3.7

59.20

Intermediate Hospital ( category B) @ 1 pre 1 lakh population - 50-80 beds 16 1

16.00

polyclinic @ 1 per lakh population 16 0.3

4.80

Dispensary @ 1per 0.15 lakh population 107 0.12

12.80

Nursing Home @ 1 per .45 to 1 lakh population-25 to 30 beds 36 0.3

10.67

Child Welfare & Maternity Centre@ 1 per .45 to 1 lakh population- 25 to 30 beds 36 0.3

10.67

TOTAL 152.53 Ha



EDUCATION AREA REQUIREMENT

The requirement of education infrastructure in the LPA has been calculated from UDPFI guidelines as

shown in the table below. A total of 803 Ha is required for health care facilities in 2031.

Table 8.13: Educational facility requirement till 2031

EDUCATIONAL FACILITY NO OF UNITS UNIT AREA REQUIRED (IN HA)

TOTAL AREA (IN HA)

Nursery school @ 1/2500 population 6 0.08 0.51

Basic primary school @ 1/ 2500 population

6 0.08 0.51

Higher secondary school @ 1/7500 population

2 1.6 204.76

Colleges @ 1/1.25 lakh population 0 3 0.38

Technical institutions @ 1/ 1000000 0 2.1 205.76

ITI @ 1 / 1000000 0 1.4 0.02

Engineering Colleges @ 2 in urban extension

2 60 206.76

medical Colleges @ 2 in urban extension

2 15 30.00

TOTAL 905 648.19

8.6 PARTICIPATORY APPROACH

As per the provisions of KTCP Act 1961, the Master Plan would be put up for public display after

provisional approval of the plan by the government. The issues and objection raised by the public

would be then considered and included in the proposal if found feasible and for the greater good.

The RTI Act provides scope for gaining information by the public. The Disclosure Act also provides

scope for discussion on the Master Plan.



8.7 S.W.O.T. ANALYSIS

The SWOT analysis has been done for the LPA as shown above. It can be seen that industrial

development is the major strength of the LPA whereas lack of perennial water supply is the major

weakness. Upcoming SEZs and manufacturing industries and industrial incentives prove to be the

major opportunities for development. Depletion of groundwater, water pollution due to industries and

environmental pollution are the major threats that the raid development poses.

8.8 VISION 2031

Anekal Local Planning Area has seen tremendous growth in the last two decades due to escalating

industrial activity in the neighbouring areas of Electronic City, Hosur and also areas within the LPA.

As such Anekal acts as a residential area for people working in the neighbouring areas due to ample

housing facilities, healthcare and education facilities and other infrastructural facilities.

STRENGTH WEAKNESS

OPPORTUNITY THREAT

1. Existing Industries in the LPA

2. Proximity to Hosur Industrial Area

3. Continuity of conurbation with

BMA.

1. Lack of perennial water source

1. Depletion of ground water

2. Pollution of water due to

industries

3. Environmental pollution due to

industries

1. Upcoming IT SEZs in the LPA

2. Upcoming Manufacturing

Industries

3. Industrial Incentive as per State

Industrial Policies



The present role of Anekal would be retained in future, since the outer BMR is to retain 25% of the

total population of the BMR. Since Bangalore Metropolitan Area is already saturated, the spill over of

population is to be accommodated in the LPA.

Hence the vision of Anekal Master Plan 2021 is to promote Anekal as the leading Economic base of

the BMR.

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 9 |Proposals


CHAPTER 9

MASTER PLAN PROPOSALS

9.1 COMPONENTS OF THE MASTER PLAN

The contents of a Master Plan are elaborated in Section 12 of the Karnataka Town and Country

Planning Act 1961.

As per the act, the Master Plan should contain a series of maps and documents indicating the

manner in which the development and improvement of the entire planning area within the jurisdiction

of the Planning Authority are to be carried out and regulated, such plan shall include proposals for the

following, namely –

a. Zoning of land use for residential, commercial, industrial, agricultural, recreational, educational

and other purposes together with Zoning Regulations.

b. A complete street pattern, indicating major and minor roads, national highways and state

highways and traffic circulation pattern, for meeting the immediate and future requirements

with proposals for improvement;

c. Areas for parks, playgrounds and other recreational uses public open spaces, public buildings

and institutions and area reserved for such purposes as may be expedient for new civic

developments;

d. Areas earmarked for future development and expansion;

e. Reservation of land for the purposes of central Government, the State Government, Planning

Authority or public utility undertaking or any other authority established by Law, and the

designation of lands being subject to acquisition for public purposes or as specified in the

master plan or securing the use of the landing in the manner provided by or under this Act;

f. Declaring certain areas, as areas of special control and development in such areas being

subject to such regulations as may be made in regard to building line, height of the building,

floor area ratio, architectural features and such other particulars as may be prescribed;

g. Stages by which the plan is to be carried out.



9.2 MASTER PLAN OBJECTIVES

1. To contain development and uncontrolled urbanisation and loss of agricultural land

2. To integrated future growth with current development.

3. To provide land for satisfying the requirement of population 2031.

9.3 AREA REQUIREMENT

Projected population in the LPA till 2031 is 16 lakhs. A population of 25 thousand is accommodated in

the villages in the agricultural zone. The requirement of area is calculated to accommodate the

projected population of 15.75 lakhs @ 70 pph density in the LPA.

Table 8.6: Population in Anekal LPA 2021, 2031

YEAR POPULATION TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA *

(@70 pph gross density)

2031 15,75,000 23317 ha

*Excluding agricultural land and water bodies

The total urbanisable land required by the year 2031 is 23317 Ha (@ 70 persons per Ha)

9.4 STRATEGY FOR OBTAINING LAND FOR PUBLIC PURPOSES

Development of public infrastructure like parks and playgrounds, roads and institutions require land

acquisition. A conventional mode of land acquisition has been through the The Land Acquisition Act

of 1894. Since the process lacks definite benefits to the landowner, it has faced considerable protest

in recent past. Consequently, a more democratic way of land pooling has been adopted in many of

the Indian states called Town Planning Schemes.

Since the process of land pooling through Town Planning Schemes present definite advantages to all

stakeholders, it should be adopted as a means to develop infrastructure in the LPA.



Town Planning Schemes could be adopted for pooling land for development of the multimodal

interchange at Heelalige and Chandapura, freight complex at Chanena Agrahara, for development of

the major roads STRR, IRR, ITRR and RR.

9.5 BASIC CONSIDERATION FOR PROPOSAL

There are considerable changes between the IMP 2021 to Master Plan 2031. There have been

notable developments in the LPA and change of landuse under section 14A and 14A(3). In adequate

connectivity existed in certain parts of the LPA and proper zoning of landuses were absent. All the

factors have been considered for preparation of the Master Plan 2031. The basic considerations for

the Master Plan 2031 proposals were as follows:

1. Existing development in the area: The existing developments have been given priority in

determining the proposed landuse of the Master Plan 2031. In most of the cases the existing

landuse has been retained to minimise public distress and loss of property.

2. IMP Proposals: IMP proposals for landuse have been retained in all places barring places

where it conflicts with the existing landuse.

3. ‗Change of Landuse‘ : All CLU areas ( under section 14(A) & 14 A(3)) have been retained as

per the notifications

4. Scientific landuse allocation: New areas have been brought under the proposed land use to

integrate the existing and IMP proposed landuse judiciously. New areas have also been

brought under proposals to satisfy the requirements of the population in 2031.

5. Proposal of new roads to increase connectivity in the LPA.

6. BMR proposed roads have been included in the Master Plan.

7. Other Guidelines provided by the Government have been followed.



9.6 MASTER PLAN PROPOSALS

9.6.1 PROPOSED LANDUSE PLAN 2031

PROPOSED LAND UTILISATION IN THE LPA

The proposed land utilisation in the LPA can be seen in the table below. The urbanisable

(conurbation) area in the LPA is 26242.39 ha which accounts to 65.2% of the total LPA .10759 Ha of

agricultural land has been retained, which is 26.7% of the total area. Water bodies in the form of

lakes, tanks and nalas constitute 2.2% of the conurbation area.

Table 9.2: Proposed Land Utilisation in the LPA

CATEGORY Area in Hectare Percentage

Urbanisable Area 26242.39 65.2%

Agriculture 10759.88 26.7%

Water Body 884.33 2.2%

Forest 2093.45 5.2%

Hillock's/Quarries 249.98 0.6%

Grand Total 40230.03 100%



PROPOSED LANDUSE IN ANEKAL LPA

The proposed land use statistics of Anekal LPA can be seen in the table below. It can be seen that

the total conurbation area in the LPA is 26242.39 Ha, i.e. 65.27 % of the total area47.53% of the

conurbationarea has been reserved for residential use and 21.60% of the area is dedicated for

industrial uses. Park and open spaces occupy 7.99% of the area while public and semi-public

landuse take up3.45% of the total area. Commercial landuse is 3.27% and transport and

communication is 16.01 % of the total area as seen in the table below.

Table 9.2a: Proposed landuse Analysis of Anekal LPA


PERCENTAGE








TOTAL 23317.03 100.00%

AGRICULTURE 731.98

WATER BODIES 2116.60

FOREST 33.46


TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA 26242.39

AGRICULTURE 10759.88

WATER BODIES 884.33

FOREST 2093.45


TOTAL 40230.03



PROPOSED LANDUSE IN THE PLANNING DISTRICTS

ANEKAL PLANNING DISTRICT

The total area in the Anekal Planning District is 14958.86 Ha. The total area considered for analysis

is 6853.02Ha(excluding agriculture, water bodies, forest, hillocks).The area has been proposed as

primarily residential with 43.55% of the conurbation area under residential use. Industrial area has

been proposed in the outskirts of the town towards Jigani and towards Attibele. Proposed industrial

landuse in the area is

17.55%. Parks and open

spaces have been

proposed which occupy

6.90% of the conurbation

area of the planning

district. Commercial

activities have been

proposed along all the

major district roads and

the State Highways 35

and 86. Traffic and

transportation constitutes

17.96% of the conurbation

area.

The area statistics of the

proposed landuse is given

in the table below.

Table 9.3: Proposed

Landuse statistics –

Anekal Planning

District


PERCENTAGE








TOTAL 6853.02 100.00%



FOREST 16.88 -

HILLOCK'S/QUARRIES 16.59 -

TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA 7535.75 -



FOREST 1283.70 -


TOTAL 14958.86 -



ATTIBELE PLANNING DISTRICT (Att ibele-Chandapura Corr idor)

The total area in the Attibele Planning District is 9293 Ha. The total area considered for analysis is

5987.87 Ha (excluding agriculture, water bodies, forest, hillocks).The major landuse in the Planning

district is residential with 52.80% of the conurbation area under Residential use. There are existing

housing layouts by the KHB in the area and more area has been brought under residential use so

that the area acts as a residential base for the LPA as well as for spill over residential requirement

from nearby Electronic city and Hosur.

Industrial activities take up 18.37% of the conurbation area. The area would mainly support service

based industries.

Commercial activities

have been proposed

along the entire length of

the National Highway

which occupies3.16% of

the conurbation area of

the planning district.

Agriculture use is present

only of the outskirts of

the planning

district.Transportation

forms 16.52% of the total

area. The area statistics

of the proposed landuse

is given in the table

below.

Table: 9.4Proposed


Attibele Planning

District

LANDUSE AREA (IN HECTARES) PERCENTAGE








TOTAL 5987.87 100.00%



FOREST 0.00 -





FOREST 0.00 -


TOTAL 9293.00 -



JIGANI PLANNING DISTRICT (Jigani -Bommasandra)

The total area in the Jigani Planning District is 9825.97 ha.The total area considered for analysis is

5746.95 Ha (excluding agriculture, water bodies, forest, hillocks).The Planning District is known for

the KIADB industrial estate and other industrial units. The area hosts some of the biggest industries

in the region in the pharmaceutical and food processing sector. Manufacturing, granite processing

and service based industries

are also presentIndustrial area

in the planning district is a major

landuse – 24.64% of the

conurbation area is proposed as

industrial use. Residential area

(48.04%) has also been

proposed towards the Anekal

and Attibele Planning District to

cater to the industrial population

of the area in future. Agriculture

forms minor part of the

conurbation area located mainly

towards the south. 15.12 % of

the conurbation area is under

transportation.


proposed landuse is given in the

table below.

Table 9.5: Proposed Landuse

statistics –Jigani Planning

District


PERCENTAGE








TOTAL 5746.95 100.00%

AGRICULTURE 62.71 -


FOREST 16.58 -





FOREST 809.75 -


TOTAL 9825.97 -



SARJAPURA PLANNING DISTRICT

The total area in the Sarjapura Planning District is 6152.20ha.The total area considered for analysis

is 4729.19 Ha (excluding agriculture, water bodies, forest, hillocks). The landuse has been proposed

in the area to cater to the service based industries. Upcoming IT SEZs are located in the area. Total

proposed industrial area is 27.88% of the conurbation area. Residential area constituting45.99% of

the total area has also been proposed to cater to the industrial population. The area would also act as

a residential base for spill

over population from The

Bangalore Metropolitan

Area.


proposed landuse is

given in the table below.

Table 9.6: Proposed


Sarjapur Planning

District


PERCENTAGE








TOTAL 4729.19 100.00%

AGRICULTURE 0.76 -


FOREST 0.00 -





FOREST 0.00 -


TOTAL 6152.20 -



9.6.2 PROPOSED TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION PLAN 2031

Progress follows the lines of transportation. Transportation Corridors are generally considered as

lifelines of any town / city. An efficient Traffic and Transportation system promotes socio - economic

activities. Anekal LPA has two National Highways (NH-7 & 207), two State Highways(SH-35 & 86),

four Major District Roads with good network of roads and one broad gauge Railway line. One of the

major objectives of MP is to provide broader roads within Anekal LPA with good hierarchy of roads.

Its aim is to provide an efficient and feasible circulation plan for the entire LPA.

The total area covered by traffic and transportation use in the conurbation area is 1928.72 ha,

constituting 27.50%. By and large the inter town traffic movement is convenient. But due to very

narrow road network in the town area, there are many intra town traffic problems and proposals for

the same are to be made.

Some general guidelines for better connectivity are addressed:

All village roads within LPA having width less than 18 m are proposed for widening to 18 m

Right of Way (ROW).

Parking space is proposed along commercial access roads and around bus-stand areas.

Improvements of major intersectionswould be undertaken. Sufficient space for pedestrians,

signals and utilities will be taken separately with wide footpath and cycle tracks are provided

along main market, shopping/commercial street.

Wherever feasible cycle tracks will be separately provided.

Buffer zones/green spaces are proposed for NMT.

Pedestrian Refugee islands are proposed for road width above 18 m ROW.

Any road development/ redevelopment/ widening proposal shall be done only if the road sections

annexed (Annexure6) are implemented.

City Traffic and Transportation Studies (CTTS) are made for BMR,2031 . This CTTS is referred for

provision of Traffic Management proposals in the Anekal LPA. However road circulation plan for the

entire LPA is prepared showing the alignment and pattern of all existing and proposed roads in the

LPA.

PROPOSALS

1. Widening of Village Roads:

All village roads within LPA which are less than 18 m are proposed for widening to 18 m.



2. Segregation Of Regional And Intra-Settlement Traffic

Town Ring road has been proposed around Anekal which is the major growth node of the

LPA. It would act as a conurbation boundary as well as serve the purpose of diverting traffic

from the centre of the town.

3. Segregation Of Freight Traffic

Since major industrial areas have been proposed in the LPA a separate freight corridor is

required separating the intra settlement traffic and freight traffic. Presently the NH 7 and NH

207 form the routes for both freight as well as normal traffic. TRR (town ring road) has been

proposed so serve the purpose by diverting heavy traffic away from the town Centre.

4. Proposal Of New Roads To Increase Connectivity

New roads have been proposed to increase the connectivity to developed areas in the LPA.

New roads are also proposed for better zoning and guide future developments.

5. Planning For Non Motorised Traffic (NMT) And Pedestrian Facilities

Anekal town and all the major settlements in the LPA have to be planned for NMT and easy

pedestrian movement. Studies should be taken up at the town level to arrive at detailed

planning proposals for NMT mainly for cycling and pedestrian friendly circulation pattern. Old

market area is proposed for Pedestrian Zone by restricting the traffic movement during

specified hours. This can be achieved besides other measures that will be adopted Buffer

zones/green spaces under HT lines, along major drainage lines and area surrounding

lakes/ponds/tanks will be explored for NMT infrastructure for better NMT accessibility as per

DULT recommendations.

6. Planning For Parking Facilities

Parking facilities is completely absent in the LPA. With the growth of the population in the LPA

and the consequent vehicular growth, proper planned parking facilities are indispensible part

of the development. Studies will be taken up at LPA level to recognize inherent problems and

to arrive at detailed proposals for parking in the district/town level.

7. Planning for Public Mass Transit

The public mass transit is meant to take on maximum number of repeat trips hence major

terminals of passenger transit should be located at high density work place and high density

residential areas.



8. Planning for Multimodal Transit

To encourage multimodal transit integration, it is desirable to have the terminals located

wherever more than one mode like rail and road are present and they can be integrated e.g.

Bangalore City railway station and the Kempegowda bus terminal. The bus terminal is being

redeveloped to accommodate the metro station and intra city bus terminal as well as few

intercity bus terminal, thereby ensuring seamless physical multimodal integration.

9. Location of Bus Stands, Bus depots and Bus Bays

Within the town limits, bus stands/stops are proposed for every 250-300 m with suitable

shelter facility. In all layouts with more than 10 ha extent, bus bays shall be indicated as a part

of the layout within the property boundary of the layout. The existing properties of BMTC are

reserved for traffic and transport use.

10. Truck Terminals/ freight complex/ logistics hub and Provision of Infrastructure near

Truck Terminals/ freight complex/ logistics hub

As far as possible the traffic and transportation use should be located as per the envisaged

activity. It is desirable to have truck terminal/ freight complex/ logistics hub next to or along the

side of the industrial use/ KIADB industrial areas.

11. Proposed freight complex

A freight complex has been proposed at Channena Agrahara village for an area of 500 Ha. The

logistics hub is in close proximity with the SH 87, ITRR and the railways. The freight is proposed to

have the following components:

o Railways Siding

o Container Terminal

o Warehousing & Storages

o Truck Terminal

o Auto Workshops & Showrooms

o Recreational Zone

o Green Open Areas

o Commercial Establishments to support the Logistics Park

o Business Center& Office Space for various Service Providers & Agents



o Hotels, Dormitories & Restaurants for the Drivers

o Fuel Station

o Weigh Bridge

O Energy park

The marketability of the logistics hub would be augmented by the presence of industrial area in the

LPA as well as the Industrial area in Hosur which is at a distance of 20 km from the site. The facility

may be developed on PPP model.

IMPACT OF THE FREIGHT COMPLEX

The Logistic hub would have an impact on the vehicular density on the roads abutting the site and

also on roads exiting and entering the LPA. The ITRR, STRR, IRR and RR should be primarily used

for freight movement. The National Highways and State Highways in the LPA already have high

traffic volume; hence freight movements in these corridors should be avoided. Lay-by should be

planned along all routes of freight movement in the LPA.

Detail study should be taken up for formulating a traffic movement and management plan for the

Freight Complex and the Freight routes.

Map no 22 shows the proposed Traffic and Transportation Plan in the Anekal LPA. The following

tables show the statistics of the roads in the LPA.

Table 9.7: Road Inventory

Type Length (km) Area (sqkm)

18m 35.84 .645

24m 129.95 3.118

30m 109.82 3.29

45m 112.99 5.085

TOTAL 12.13



In addition to the LPA proposed roads there are other roads proposed by the BMRDA, namely STRR,

IRR, RR and ITRR. The inventory of those roads along with the State Highway and the National

Highway has been given in the table below.

Table 9.8: Road Inventory BMR roads

Type Width Length (km) Area (sqkm)

STRR 90m 29.40 2.646

IRR 90m 12.75 11.475

RR 60m 6.24 .374

ITRR 90m 23.73 2.136

NH & SH 30m 58.50 5.28

NH 7 50m 20.02 1.01

TOTAL

22.911

The total area under transportation in the LPA is 35.04 sq km

9.6.3 ROAD WIDENING AND BUILDING LINES

The following major roads in the LPA have been proposed to be widened in the Master Plan 2031.

Table 9.9: Roads to be widened

ROAD NAME EXISTING WIDTH (m) PROPOSED WIDTH (m)

NH 7 48 60

NH 207 9 40

SH 35 12 30

SH 85 8 30

SH 87 15 30



The Proposed building line from the major roads has been listed in the table below.

Table 9.10: Building Line proposed for major roads

Sl. No.

Name of the Road Proposed right of way (m)

Building line from the edge of ROW (m)

1 STRR 90.0 10.0

2 IRR 90.0 10.0

3 TRR 90.0 10.0

4 RR 60.0 6.0

For National Highways, State highways, Major District roads, other district roads and village roads

standards specified (road width, building lines etc.,) by the Ministry of Surface Transport, Government

of India are to be followed vide Govt. Notification No: UDD 251 BMR 2005, dated 22-12-2005 and

other circulars of Government of Karnataka)

For all existing roads of width more than 15m shall be provided minimum of 3m building line.



9.6.4 STRUCTURE PLAN POLICIES AND PROPOSALS

LAND UTILIZATION AND ENVIRONMENT

The Draft BMR 2031 uses 5.8m resolution LISS-4 (IRS-P6) multi spectral satellite image data

received from the national remote sensing centre (NRSC) for the year 2008 to analyse the land

utilization in the 8006 sq km of the BMR region. A GIS based land capability analysis (LCA) was

conducted with environmental, demographic, transport and economic factors to show the distribution

of capable lands in the region. The land utilization study along with the LCA lead to the formation of

the following policy sets. The policy set in the BMR RSP 2031 is universally applicable to all LPAs.

The table below shows the Structure Plan policies for Landuse development in the BMR.

Table 9.11: Structural Plan Policies- landuse

POLICY RECOMMENDATIONS

LU1 Land allocation strategy to promote compact development

LU2 Designating urban areas that serve as urban reserves or transition zones

LU3 Decentralization and relocation of congestion generating uses from BBMP

LU4 Urban agriculture should be encouraged to achieve urban food security and local employment generation

LU5 Development framework to integrate proposed industrial estates

LU6 Minimizing conflicts between the proposed industrial estates and ecologically sensitive areas.

LU7 Environmental impacts of industrial estates

LU8 Green belt management and inclusion in the conservation zone

LU9 Assessment of the proposed conurbations of the Interim Master Plans

EV1 Conservation of productive agricultural lands

EV2 Promote sustainable agricultural practices



EV3 Protection of Surface water Bodies

EV4 Active rejuvenation of lakes and tanks

EV5 Water demand based land use

EV6 Strict control on Ground water extraction

EV7 Integrated Water shed management

EV8 Protection of Environmentally Sensitive Areas

GEV 9 Active Integration of Wastelands in the development strategy

GEV 10 All mining and quarrying activities should be strictly monitored and controlled to effectively address development and environmental issues in a balanced manner.

The above policies have been considered and special emphasis has been given to LU1, LU5, LU6,

LU7, LU8, EV1 and EV3.

ECONOMY

An analysis of the emerging spatio-economic dynamics show that the proposed industrial

investments (industries and township) indicate the emergence of two cone pattern in the region

defined by major existing and proposed roads. The region between Magadi road and Kanakapura

road show potential for agro based industries while that between Dodballapur and Hosur hosts the

manufacturing and service based industries.

The following are the Structure Plan policy recommendations for the BMR.

Table 9.12: Structural Plan Policies- Economy

POLICY RECOMMENDATION

E1 A comprehensive and elaborate land allocation strategy should be formulated for BMR

E2 Industrial and any other economic locations should be identified based on land

capability.



E3 Spatial spread of economic activities should be planned

E4 Growth of service sector in the BMR should be encouraged.

E5 Encouraging SMEs in the region

E6 BMR should be developed as a nodal area for locating educational, healthcare

facilities and research institutions

E7 BMR should be developed as centre for high-end scientific and engineering industries.

E 8 BMR should be developed as business tourism destination

E 9

Spatial developed initiatives like new townships / residential areas outside BBMP

should be made integral with the local economy of existing settlement and in

conjunction with larger hinterland.

E 10 Small scale and medium scale polluting industries should be located outside the

BBMP

E 11 Settlements in BMR should be made economically sustainable by clustering of

economic activities.

E 12

The areas within the city and emerging investment destinations across BKR and

existing towns (cluster and growth nodes) should be connected with efficient public

transport system.

E 13

Local Economic Development (LED) policy should be developed at each town level as

a part of the Local Area Development Plan to boost employment in the surrounding

towns.

E 14 Special hawking zones within the Bangalore city and in identified locations in each

zone should be earmarked.

E 15 Environment impact of industrial estates

E 16 Proposed industrial estates and large investment destinations should be so developed

to integrate with local economy and livelihood.



E3, E4, E6, E11, E15 have been considered for the purpose of master plan preparation for the

Anekal LPA. Planned industrial development with due consideration to natural features and

ecologically sensitive areas, proximity to residential and commercial areas have been undertaken.

Proposals have been made to integrate the local economy with the new development.

HOUSING

There was a housing shortage of 0.15 million dwelling units (DU) in the BMR in the year 2001, which

is projected to be increased to 2.56 million in the year 2031. There is a shortage in affordable housing

in the core due to the spiraling land prices which propel a significant part of the population to look for

housing outside the BBMP limits. As per the report of the technical group (11th five year plan: 2007-

12) on estimation of urban housing shortage, the demand for housing is most by the EWS (43%),

followed by the LIG (38%) and the MIG (11%). The current housing growth of 2% may not be

sustained since majority of the housing demand currently is from the MIG and the LIG. Lack of

affordable housing in the area would lead to an acute shortage of housing stock in 2031.

Table 9.13: Structural Plan Policies- Housing


H1 Government land should be provided within the priority growth centres and new

urbanisable blocks for ‗composite‘ and ‗joint venture‘

H2

A policy to restructure the functions, roles and operations of the Karnataka Housing

Board ( KHB), through innovatory changes in the regulatory framework, should be

implemented to shift focus from house builder to land assembler and infrastructure

facilitator as a joint venture partner with the private sector for the provision of

housing

H3 Measures are required to be taken to provide land for group housing for the urban

poor at subsidized or controlled prices

H4

The main focus of the Karnataka Slum Clearance Board ( KSCB) should be on in-

situ up-gradation through self help processes incorporating the participation of

appropriate NGO‘s.

H5 A range of innovative housing supply solutions, including rental housing, should be

encouraged to help meet the housing needs of the urban poor.



H6

A programme to carry out regular housing needs surveys and to maintain an

appropriate housing management information system in support of the formulation

of effective housing policy and supply targets.

H7 Unauthorized layouts to be regularized within the overall strategic intent of the BMR

RSP 2031

WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION

Table 9.14: Structural Plan Policies- water supply and sanitation

POLICY WATER SUPPLY: RECOMMENDATIONS

W1 Adequate measures to augment supply from surface water source in the BMR

W2 Ensure quality supply in the BMR

W3 Improve efficiency of utilization

W4 Advocate better waste management and conservation measures

W5 Implement measures to protect water bodies and tanks

POLICY SANITATION: RECOMMENDATIONS

S1 Maximise the utility and efficiency of the existing sewerage systems in the BMR

S2 Measures to be taken for augmentation of sewer network

S3 Encourage waste water treatment using appropriate technology to protect

environment and promote the reuse of treated water for non-potable uses

S4 Enforce vigilance against uncontrolled discharge into network.

POWER

Power supply is indispensible for industrial growth and economic development. It is also responsible

for the other critical areas of infrastructure like water supply and environmental sanitation. The BMR

2011 had taken into account the significant power shortage in the state and suggested policy



measures for ―continuous power‖ to enable the vision of decentalised growth in the region to be

realized. The draft RSP 2031 recommends enabling policies to realize the same.

Table 9.15: Structural Plan Policies- power


P1 Enhance power generation capacity with optimum utilization of source

P2 Ensure quality supply of power to the BMR region

P3 Improve operational and financial performance of the distribution sector

company

P4 Introduce improved mechanisms for demand side management so as to

reduce the demand for energy


The BMR draft RSP 2031 provides policy guidelines for the up gradation of the solid waste

management process in the BMR. It proposes the setting up of an integrated solid waste

management facility in the region and utilization of advanced technology to make solid waste disposal

a safe and profitable affair. It also proposed involvement of people for better facilitation of MSW

management by creating awareness through concepts like concepts of source segregation. The

table below lists out the policy guidelines.

Table 9.16: Structural Plan Policies- solid waste management


SWM 1 Integrated solid waste management in the region

SWM 2 Advanced technologies and practices are to be developed to treat the waste

before final disposal and create new economic opportunities

SWM 3 Stakeholder involvement in solid waste management

SWM 4

Encourage decentralized small waste treatment and disposal facilities with the

support of community based organizations to reduce pressure on the centralized

facilities and to extend the life of the centralized facilities



SWM 5 Private public participation in waste treatment and disposal

SWM 7 Mandate segregation of waste at household level

EDUCATION

The draft RSP envisages removing the regional disparity in education level and raising the general

education level in the region. It also provides policies to create a workforce more apt to the

requirements of the region.

Table 9.17: Structural Plan Policies- education


ED1 Mandate minimum standard for all the schools

ED2 Enhance capacity of vocational education courses so as to match the employment

potentials of the region

ED3 Improve access and availability of quality education in the rural areas

There exists regional disparity in terms of health status as in reported by the Task Force on Health

and Family Welfare 2001. The high level of privatization in the health sector in the Bangalore Urban

district creates a sophisticated pool of medical resource which is absent in the surrounding Bangalore

rural and Ramanagara district. The heath policies of the draft RSP 2031 hence aims at up grading the

health scenario in the region.

HEALTH

The Structure Plan Policies proposed for healthcare are as follows

Table 9.18: Structural Plan Policies- health




HE1 Improved access and availability of quality healthcare in Bangalore rural district

HE2 Use of technology to improve accessibility and availability of health services

HE3 Decentralised and participatory process in health planning and monitoring

The above policies have been considered for the master plan exercise.

9.6.5 SECTORAL PROPOSALS

ECONOMY

INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT

The Taluk Industrial Plan of Anekal Taluk has proposed the Industrial plan for the LPA. The plan

should be treated as a guiding framework for developing industries in the LPA.

SITING OF INDUSTRIES

Zoning Atlas should be consulted before siting of industries in the LPA. Pollution and water

intensiveness should be assessed for the same purpose. The following industries are considered as

water intensive industries. Detail studies should be undertaken to evaluate the status of existing

industries and appropriate cess should be levied on them as per The Water (Prevention & Control of

Pollution) Act, 1974, and its amendments.

1. Beverages

2. Food

3. Apparel

4. High Tech – electronic

5. Bio technology & Pharmaceutical

6. Forest Products

7. Mining

8. Power Plants



IMPACT OF INDUSTRIES ON GROUND WATER

The industrial perspective plan for Anekal Taluk lists a range of industries in small scale and medium

scale sector as potential investment options. However, the LPA along with the entire BMR region is

under a threat of water scarcity. Hence proper water management plan should be prepared before

commencement of industrial activities to address issues like ground water depletion, ground water

recharge through water treatment, ground water pollution etc.

The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, and its amendments allow the local authority

to collect cess on industries on the basis of water usage as follows:

Table 9.19: Water cess for Industries as per CPCB

Purpose for which water is

consumed

Maximum Rate Under Sub

Section 2A of Section 3

Industrial Cooling, spraying in mine pits or boiler

feed

Two and one fourth of a paisa per kilo litter (One

US penny equals about thirty six Indian paisa).

Domestic purpose Three paisa per kilo litter.

Processing whereby water gets polluted and the

pollutants are easily biodegradable

Seven and one half paisa per kilo liters

Processing whereby water gets polluted and the

pollutants are not easily bio-degradable and are

toxic.

Nine and a half paisa per kilo liter.

Water cess may be levied by the authority to control misuse of ground water and generate revenue

for maintenance.



DEVELOPMENT OF LOCAL ECONOMY

Local economy should be strengthened in the entire LPA. Planned commercial centers should be

introduced at the major growth nodes in the LPA – Jigani, Bommasandra, Attibele and Anekal. The

influx of population in the LPA would demand a proper commercial network within the LPA for basic

service delivery. Regularization of Delivery chains and markets should be taken up as a major project

INTEGRATION OF LARGE INDUSTRIAL ESTATES WITH LOCAL ECONOMY & LIVELIHOOD

Large industrial units have been planned in the LPA. Precision Engineering and Machine Tools,

Textiles, Plastics, Construction Material and Rubber and Agro and Food based Industries have been

proposed in the Taluk Industrial development Plan.

These are some of the sectors with highest backward and forward linkages. Forward and backward

linkage of these units should be analyzed in detail to boost the local economy. Art silk, Synthetic

textile manufacturing, Land based Transport, Petroleum products, retail, rubber tyre manufacturing,

recycling industries, Real estate should be used as key industries for boosting the local economy.

Detail studies should be carried out for estimating the quantum of forward and backward linkage and

the investments required.

AGRICULTURE

Capacity building of the farmers in terms of knowledge development and awareness of latest

technologies, soil health improvement (by crop rotation etc.), water conservation and micro irrigation,

integrated post-harvest processing, crop insurance and credit facilities should be undertaken.

Soil moisture conservation and soil fertility improvement program through watershed approach.

Composting/green manuring/ tank silt recycling should be promoted.

Promoting alternate land use systems like Agri-horti system for arable lands (mango, sapota,

tamarind, jack fruit etc.) and Horti-silvi system (mango, sapota + silver oak, casurina, teak),

Silvipasture (block plantation of acacia, silver oak, casurina, D.Sisso, Meliaazardicta, cassia and

muthuga + S.hamata, S.scabra, calaproimum, anjan, Guinea macuaena, etc.) for non-arable lands.

Dryland vegetables (chilli, beans, brinjal, tomato, cluster bean, gourds etc.), Floriculture

(chrysanthemum, jasmine, crossandra marigold, roses etc.) fruits (guava, papaya, banana),

sericulture and coconut plantations should be promoted.



Livestock component (local draught animals, dairy, sheep, piggery, rabbit, apiculture) should be

developed.

INCREASING WORK PARTICIPATION IN THE LPA

The work participation rate in the LPA (Anekal Taluk) is 37% that of Anekal Town is 48%, whereas

that in Karnataka is 41% and at the national level it is 39%1. An increased work participation rate of

41% should be targeted for the entire LPA (including Anekal Town) till the horizon year 2031.

Government employment programmes such as Prime Minister Rozgar Yojana (PMRY),

Swarnajayanthi Shahari Rozgar Yojna, and Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee

Act should be enforced efficiently to increase work participation.

The industrial potential of the area should also be used to generate employment for local people.

Industrial estates and large investment destinations should be so developed as to integrate with the

local economy. Open settlements should be preferred over closed or gated communities.

TRANSPORT

INCREASING REGIONAL CONNECTIVITY

Regional connectivity is increased through proposal of new regional roads – IRR, STRR, PRR linking

the LPA to other major nodes in the region.

SEGREGATION OF REGIONAL AND INTRA-SETTLEMENT TRAFFIC

Town Ring road has been proposed around Anekal which is the major growth node of the LPA. It

would act as a conurbation boundary as well as serve the purpose of diverting traffic from the centre

of the town.

SEGREGATION OF FREIGHT TRAFFIC

Since major industrial areas have been proposed in the LPA a separate freight corridor is requires

separating the intra settlement traffic and freight traffic. Presently the NH 7 forms the route for both

Census 2011



freight as well as normal traffic. The TRR (town ring road) has been proposed so serve the purpose

by diverting heavy traffic away from the town Centre.

PROPOSAL OF NEW ROADS TO INCREASE CONNECTIVITY

New roads have been proposed to increase the connectivity to developed areas in the LPA. The

STRR proposed in the northern portion of the LPA bridges the lack of connectivity between the NH

207 and SH 35.

WIDENING OF EXISTING MAJOR ROADS

Existing roads in the LPA have been proposed to be widened to accommodate the excess traffic.

BETTER PUBLIC TRANSPORT SYSTEM

Public transport system should be strengthened in the LPA. The second phase of the Bangalore

Metro has its terminal at Bommasandra. An intermodal transport hub has been planned at

Bommasandra for easier transfer between modes and faster communication.

PLANNING FOR NMT (NON-MOTORISED TRANSPORT) FACILITIES

All the major settlements in the LPA (Jigani, Bommasandra, Attibele, Sarjapur) and specially Anekal

town have to be planned for easy pedestrian movement. Studies should be taken up in the town level

to arrive at detailed planning proposal for NMT friendly circulation pattern.

PLANNING FOR PARKING FACILITIES

Parking facilities is completely absent in the LPA. With the growth of the population in the LPA and

the consequent vehicular growth proper planned parking facilities are indispensible part of the

development. Studies should be taken up at town level to recognize inherent problems and arrive at

detail proposals for parking in the towns.

PROPOSAL OF FREIGHT COMPLEX



A freight complex of 500 Ha has been proposed in the LPA to cater to the logistic needs of the

industrial areas proposed in the LPA.

INCREASING CONNECTIVITY TO THE AIRPORT

The Bangalore International Airport is the nearest airport to the LPA located at a distance of 90 km.

The connectivity would be enhanced by the STRR which runs through the LPA.

TRANSIT ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT

Transit Oriented Development should be encouraged in the LPA by proposing higher FAR in the

transit corridor. The Zoning Regulations of the Master Plan 2031 proposed commercial development

all along the National and State Highways and major roads in the LPA.

Detail studies should be undertaken to understand the feasibility of higher FAR along the transit

corridor.

ENVIRONMENT

INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT OF WATER RESOURCES

Integrated Water management programmes should be adopted by the municipalities and urban local

bodies to ensure sustained supply of water to the LPA. Incessant digging of bore well should be

controlled and water loss during transmission and distribution should be minimized. Waste water

treatment should be introduced to recycle and reuse waste water. All surface water bodies should be

protected, maintained and enhanced for long term ecological well-being and water supply.

PROTECTION OF FOREST LANDS

The LPA has boundary to the Bannerghatta national park and has considerable forest land in the

south west quarter. All forest lands need to be protected. Control has to be exercised over approval

of development in the forest lands.

PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY

Air Quality should be maintained according to the National Ambient Quality Standards prescribed by

the Central Pollution Control Board, by the Prevention and Control of Pollution Act 1981. Studies

should be undertaken regularly in industrial areas, residential areas and sensitive areas to monitor



the quality of air. All polluting industries should adhere to the norms prescribed by the Govt of India

for prevention of sir pollution.

DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Disaster Management capability and equipment should be a part of all Civic Authorities in the LPA as

per the guidelines of the National Disaster Management Authority, GoI. Studies should be undertaken

to formulate a detailed hazard and vulnerability assessment report on the industrial, residential and

sensitive area. Appropriate fund allocation and implementation mechanism should be developed for

the same.

CONSERVATION OF PRODUCTIVE AGRICULTURAL LANDS

The Anekal LPA has some of the most fertile agricultural land in the BMR. Hence all new

developments and land uses have been planned optimising the protection the productive agricultural

lands in the LPA.

PROMOTING SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURAL PRACTICES

Sustainable agricultural practices should be followed in the LPA. Soil health should be continuously

monitored and programmes such as "Bhumi-Tayiya Arogya" should be promoted to recover soil

quality and fertility. Drip Irrigation should be introduced for crops which do not require flooded fields.

Crop rotation practices should be introduced into the cropping practice to ensure soil fertility and

productivity.

WATER SUPPLY

AUGMENTATION OF WATER AVAILABILITY FOR DOMESTIC AND INDUSTRIAL NEEDS

The area experiences shortage of water and wells are the main modes of sustenance in rural areas

as well as part of urban areas. Ground water in this area is fast depleting. Hence supply of tap water

to the LPA needs to be augmented for both domestic and industrial use.

In order to meet the supply demand, the water supply scheme need to be augmented with identified

source of supply. The alternate water supply sources identified for Anekal were YebbaHalla Valley

and JakkanaHalla valley. JakkanaHalla valley feeds the Bommanahalli Lake, (8 kms from Anekal) in

Arakavathi river basin area. Bommanahalli lake is 177 hectares with live capacity of 19.67 Mcft with



water spread area of 16.18 ha and used for irrigation purposes. Since it is mainly dependent on rain

and used for irrigation, more reliable water source was identified in YebbaHalla Valley which

originates upstream of the Jakkanahallavalley.YebbaHalla is examined in detail here. Water needs to

be extracted from this source from the nearest village namely Huruganadoddi (11 km distance from

Anekal).

The new water supply designed to extract around 15 MLD (considering lpcd 135 in 2033). There is

the reserve forest between Huruganadoddi to Anekal town, therefore the pipeline route needs to be

decided keeping into consideration the reserve forest area (forest departments norms discourage

pipeline excavation /tree felling in reserve forests) therefore estimated length is of about 15 Km, (4

Kms of pipeline length is added to the 11 Km route avoiding reserve forest area) There is a level

difference of more than 100 m from this Source to Anekal town.

AUGMENTATION OF WATER QUALITY

It has been shown in the study that at present only 20% of the population in the LPA avails treated

tap water supply. At present there are no treatment plants in the LPA. Water treatment has to be

made an integral part of the water supply scheme to supply water free of iron and fluoride.

NEW WATER SUPPLY SCHEMES

The study shows that a considerable proportion of the population avail water away from their dwelling

unit. Water source close to dwelling unit should be provided in all areas – urban and rural. New water

supply schemes should be introduces to make drinking water available to all.

CREATION OF WATER TREATMENT PLANTS

Water treatment plants need to be created in the LPA for providing clean drinking water. Area has

been provided in the LPA in the south eastern part for utilities where treatment plants can be located.

The report on water quality by Department of Environmental Science, Bangalore University shows high

concentration of chlorides, bacteria, sulphates and fluorides in the water in the LPA. Hence treatment of water

before consumption should be made mandatory for supply.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Operation and maintenance of water supply pipes and water treatment plant is necessary to meet the

future demand of water. All the above strategy will fail if there is no proper maintenance. All pipeline

leakages need to be identified to prevent loss of water. While ULBs shall enhance the tariff base over



a period of time to ensure that O&M is payable from the revenues, there is an immediate requirement

of O&M funds so as to ensure that the assets created under the scheme are properly maintained.

REDUCTION IN LOSSES IN WATER SUPPLY BY PUBLIC AWARENESS

A series of workshops should be organised across the region to create public awareness on the

importance of water as a national resource and the severe consequences of wasting and polluting

water. Industrial clusters are a source of severe water loss which can pose a serious threat in future.

The State Government along with NGOs should come forward for campaigning.

STRUCTURED PUBLIC-PRIVATE PARTICIPATION

Private sector participation is desirable in the PPP format in the sector so that there is a balance

between risks and responsibilities between the government Agencies and the Private Sector.

In view of the same, private Sector Participants shall be invited to leverage on the following possible

benefits:

• Reduction of involvements of Public finance or redirecting them to the poor;

• Induction of greater technical and management expertise;

• Provision of a more responsive service to the customers;

• Sourcing of additional financing;

IMPROVEMENT OF GROUND WATER SITUATION

1. Industrial growth should be effected in a planned manner and it will be mandatory for the

units to allow periodical monitoring of water quality from nearby wells on a regular basis by

agencies like SPB/PHE and should be open for cross checking;

2. For ground water based industries, regular water level and quality monitoring have to be

made compulsory;

3. Rain water harvesting measures have to be adopted by all the industrial establishments

where the water level is not shallow; “Manual For Rainwater Harvesting” to be referred for

methods and design of Rainwater system.



4. Along all nallahs, check dams are to be constructed at 500m intervals to store the rain water

percolation. Desilting of the storage area is to be done regularly before monsoon. The check

dams shall be at least 1.5m to 2.0m height and constructed in masonry.

5. Contour bunding shall be done wherever possible, especially on degraded or unfertile land.

Contour bunds shall be made of earthen fill with protection of gunny bags filled with sand or

earth. They have to be maintained before and after rainy season.

6. Monitoring and inspection of watershed of all tanks is to be made and watersheds are to be

restored to the maximum extent possible.


IMPROVEMENT OF DRAINAGE NETWORK

The surface drains do not have total coverage in the LPA. Anekal town has surface drainage system

in the 5 percent of the total area. In rural areas surface drains are absent. Surface drains have to be

constructedto cover all settlement areas. Drain covers to be provided to all new and existing drains.

COMPLETE COVERAGE OF SEWER NETWORK

The sewerage system has to be extended to cover all settlements in Anekal LPA. Hence sewerage

network has to be constructed in order to bring the coverage up to 100 percent. The design period of

the sewerage system should at least be 30 years. The trunk sewer line from the sources to STPs

shall be laid along the contour. The advantage of natural slopes along the streams, rivers and road

network should be adopted while designing the trunk sewer line.

TOTAL SANITATION TO RURAL AREAS: SANITARY TOILETS

Provision has to be made for assistance to BPL households to build sanitary toilets and upgrade their

septic tanks and construct soak pits, to extend sanitation facilities in the entire LPA.

CONSTRUCTION OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANTS

Sewage treatment plants have been planned at Doddakere (near Anekal town) in an area of 3 acres

for treating sewage. Tertiary treatment of sewage can be used as a strategy for ground water

recharge through reclaimed sewage, since water scarcity is a major issue in the LPA. For treated



industrial wastes to be released for irrigation purposes, the final fluid must conform with BIS code IS:

3307-1965.The STPs shall be accessible for ease in construction and repairing of plant and

machineries.

For layouts greater than 10 acres independent sewage treatment plants have been made mandatory.

COMMUNITY AWARENESS CAMPAIGN

A community awareness campaign is needed to make people aware about the benefit of sewer

connections and how it can enhance the present living conditions and environmental quality in their

areas.

SAFE DISPOSAL OF WASTES AND UTILISATION

Appropriate measures have to be taken for safe disposal of septic tank and other wastes. Detachable

dumping chutes should be constructed at selected points in the sewerage system for disposing of the

night soil collected from individual houses. The sewage after treatment should be disposed of either

into a water body like lake, stream, river, ocean or into the land.

The sewage may be utilised for several purposes such as (i) Industrial reuse or reclaimed sewage

effluent in cooling systems, boiler feed, process water etc, (ii) Reuse in agriculture and horticulture,

watering of laws, golf courses etc. (iii) Ground water recharge for augmenting ground water

resources.

PUBLIC TOILETS

Provision of public toilets in the market areas and in the LIG areas.

CONSTRUCTION OF COMMON EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANTS IN THE INDUSTRIAL AREAS

Construction of common effluent treatment plants (CETP) must be made mandatory in the industrial

areas for treatment of industrial wastes before release into the sewerage network.

MUNICIPAL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Proper fund allocation must be made for operation and maintenance of the sewage system.

Appropriate organisational/ institutional framework must be provided in the newly developed areas of

the LPA for operation and maintenance of sewage network.




INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

In view of the projected growth in population and absence of any MSW facilities it is proposed to have

Integrated Solid Waste Management (ISWM) complex. Landfill management site has already been

located at Anekal town. Similar sites should be located in other areas in the LPA after a detail study

of landfill requirement of individual settlements. 2% area has been allocated for utilities in the LPA

which can be utilised for such purposes.

MANAGING MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE

Existing municipal solid waste management system would follow the following strategies for efficient

management in the future.

COLLECTION OF WASTE

Increasing the coverage and efficiency of collection mechanism would help in better management

and in reducing the formation of unhygienic and open dump sites. Segregation of waste into

biodegradable and non-biodegradable components shall be carried at source or at primary collection

centres.

TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL OF WASTES

On the basis of availability of land and financial resources with the service provider, either of the

methods — aerobic composting, anaerobic Digestion or sanitary land filling could be adopted for

treatment and disposal of waste. However, since it appears that land filling would continue to be the

most widely Adopted practice in India in the coming few years, in which case certain Improvements

need to be done to ensure sanitary land filling and not mere dumping of Waste.

AWARENESS CAMPAIGN

Awareness Campaign shall be carried out in order to educate the general public about the disposal of

solid waste at the right place. Awareness campaign shall also be carried out to show and illustrate the

segregation of solid waste. Benefits about cleanliness and hygienic environment should be taught.

LANDFILL FACILITY

Landfill facility is present for Anekal town, though it is not adequate for horizon year 2031. Land has

been allocated for utilities and services in the Landuse plan of Anekal. Land fill facilities should be

located within those areas after proper design considerations.



INSTITUTIONAL AND REGULATORY REFORM

Strengthening urban local bodies to perform efficiently in managing the waste and ensuring

strict enforcement of the recently introduced municipal solid waste (Management and

handling) rules.

It is also imperative to harness and integrate the role of three emerging actors in this field —

the private sector, NGOs, and rag pickers — into the overall institutional Framework.

MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRIAL WASTES

WASTE SEGREGATION

Many wastes are mixtures of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. Much of their contents may

even be water. By segregating key toxic constituents, isolating liquid fraction, keeping hazardous

streams away from non-hazardous wastes, generator can save substantial amounts of money on

disposal or find new opportunities for recycling and reuse of wastes. The Ministry of Environment,

Government of India, had identified toxicity of different chemicals, through the ‗Manufacture, Storage

and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989‘ in exercise of power conferred by Section 6, 8 and

25 of Environment Protection (E.P). Act, 1986, and had notified mandatory requirements for its

management. In India quantum of generation of wastes (solid/liquid and hazardous/non-hazardous)

for different industry has not been detailed, which is necessary for wastes exchange system or for

adopting treatment/ disposal alternatives for different wastes segregated.

COLLECTION, STORAGE AND TRANSPORT

The unsatisfactory state of storage of hazardous wastes can be remedied to a large degree by such

low-cost measures as restricting access, fencing off the storage area to minimize any wind-blown

nuisance, providing separate covered storage for putrifiable of hazardous wastes, and ensuring

regular and frequent collection. There are certain measures a municipal authority can take to control

the transportation of industrial wastes, even if it does not want to become actually involved itself. For

instance, contractors should be licensed after ensuring that they are technically competent and

environmentally aware and should be allowed to handle industrial wastes. Labelling and coding of

hazardous waste load can be made mandatory so that in the event of an accident, the emergency

services know how to handle a spillage. Municipal authorities can be given the responsibility to

monitor the contractors to minimize cases of fly-tipping and ensure that industrial wastes are

disposed at the appropriate sites. If a municipal authority can also collect industrial waste; industries

must pay the charge which will be based on the quantity and nature of the waste. This might minimize



the quantity of waste produced by industry and at the same time the programme will become

financially viable and self-sustaining. The principle ‗the polluter pays‘ should be adhered to in all such

cases.

COMBINED TREATMENT FACILITIES

Small-scale industries, which contribute about more than half of the total production, also generate

huge quantity of wastes. The small-scale industries are not in a position to treat their solid wastes or

liquid effluent because of space, technical know-how and financial constraints. It is, therefore,

deemed that in a cluster of small-scale industries the different wastes are characterized, identified,

quantified and stored for treatment through a combination of recycling, recovery and reuse of

resources such as, raw material, bio-gas, steam and manure, besides providing an efficient service

facility, to make the system less expensive. The combined effluent treatment plants (CETP) are to be

operated by the local bodies, where the cost of construction, operation and maintenance need to be

shared by individual industries depending upon the quality and quantity of wastes generated.

However, such common treatment facility may require pre-treatment at individual industry to the

extent specified by the State Pollution Control Board. With regard to availability of wastes along with

their identification, quantum of waste generated should also be ascertained so that technology

development/adoption can be considered on economic grounds for a small-scale or organised sector

of industry. If economics justify movement of wastes over longer distances for a centralised plant,

specific subsidies for storage, collection and transportation could be considered. CETPs are being

successfully operated in Gujarat and Andhra Pradesh and such facilities should be promoted in other

States. Small scale industries having waste characteristics similar to those of nearby large industry

having waste treatment facilities can take help in treating their wastes on payment basis.

DISPOSAL METHODS

Depending upon the characteristics of the wastes, different types of disposal methods can be used

for hazardous and non-hazardous industrial wastes. The most predominant and widely practiced

methods for wastes disposal are: (a) Landfill, (b)Incineration and (c) Composting.

Landfilling is still the major disposal method in many countries. Yet in many instances landfilling sites

are not properly chosen in terms of geophysical soilproperties, hydrogeology, topography and

climate. On a proposed site there is aneed to carefully consider the potential for ground or surface

water contaminationfrom pollution by leachate migration or surface run-off from the site.Nonetheless,

even when a site appears to have the right geophysical properties, itsselection and use are not an

absolute guarantee that contamination of groundwatercan be avoided. Hence, continuous



surveillance of the site and its surroundings mustbe maintained to check that the disposal of

hazardous wastes can continue withoutposing a threat to the environment and to the general public.

To reduce this threatlandfill sites have been lined, for example with plastic materials, in order to

preventleaching into groundwater supplies.

Landfill sites for industries should be proposed in the industrial Landuse area after proper

consideration of contours and design specifications of the industrial park.

HEALTH

INCREASING ACCESSIBILITY TO HEALTHCARE

Healthcare facilities should be set up for every village, cluster and major town so that basic

healthcare is accessible to all people. Regulatory and administrative framework should be

strengthened to ensure availability of medical professionals in all healthcare institutions.

Mobile health clinics can be introduced to improve accessibility in remote areas. Healthcare should

also be made a part of corporate social responsibility (CSR) for the industries that would be set up in

the region.

Technology like telemedicine should be used to make healthcare accessible in remote corners of the

LPA.

HEALTHCARE MONITORING

Regular monitoring of health statistics should be undertaken in the LPA to prepare a database and

monitor increase or decrease in health status. Monitoring should be specially undertaken in and

around industrial areas to analyse the impact of industries on public health.

INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK

Institutional and administrative framework should be strengthened and organized to ensure swift

service delivery and strict monitoring and operation of healthcare services. Decentralization of

healthcare service should also be accomplished at LPA level, wherein monitoring can be done

through Panchayats and Civil Societies.



EDUCATION

MORE ACCESSIBLE EDUCATION

Education infrastructure in the LPA is considerably good in all levels of education. However, studies

should be undertaken to judge the accessibility to education in the LPA since majority of the facilities

are privately owned. Effort should be made to education accessible to all.

INCREASE LITERACY RATE IN THE LPA

Basic education facilities need to be strengthened to increase the literacy rate. Education

programmes such as mid-day meals, free bicycles, free uniforms and bags should be promoted in

order to achieve the goal.

INCREASE ENROLMENT RATIO IN THE LPAAND DECREASE DROPOUT RATE

There is a sharp decrease in enrolment rates in the LPA in secondary schools. Schools should be set

up within communicable distances from villages so that education is accessible to everyone.

Incentives should be provided so that students do not have to leave education to support their

families economically.

STUDENT TEACHER RATIO

Student teacher ration should meet the standards prescribed by the ‗Right of Children to Free and

Compulsory Education Act 2009‘. A ratio of 1:30 should be maintained in primary schools and 1:35

should be maintained in secondary schools.

INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES IN SCHOOLS

Infrastructure facilities should be improved in schools across the LPA. Separate girls‘ toilet should be

provided in every unit. Drinking water facility and play grounds should be made compulsory in all

schools. Universally accessible design of structures should be followed for all units.

VOCATIONAL TRAINING SCHOOLS

Vocational training schools should be opened in the LPA to match the industrial workforce

requirement in the LPA. Detail studies should be conducted to ascertain the kind of skills required for



the industries in the LPA based on which proposals should be put forward for establishing vocational

training infrastructure.

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 10 : Phasing of Development


CHAPTER 10

PHASING OF DEVELOPMENT

The Master Plan has been prepared for a plan period of 20 years. Since the area proposed is far

more than the requirement of the near future, uncontrolled and sparse development may take place

in absence of a regulating mechanism for the immediate future. Hence the concept of ‘phasing of

development’ has been introduced as required under section 12 (g) of Karnataka Town and Country

Planning Act, 1861 to bring about gradual and compact development in the Local Planning Area. The

primary objective of act is to guide and regulate the developments within the Local Planning Area in a

phased manner so as to facilitate planning for the provision of infrastructure services like water

supply, sanitation, drainage, transport and social infrastructure.

The projected population in the Local Planning Area is proposed to be accommodated in a phased

manner from 2011-2021 and 2021-2031 as proposed in the phasing map.

No approvals for development/ No Objection Certificate for conversion to non-agricultural use or

change of land use are permissible in the Phase – II (i.e., 2021 – 2031) of urbanizable area. Now the

land uses suggested for the urbanizable area identified for 2021–2031 are only for the purposes of

planning and these urbanizable areas are not marked for any development during phase – I.

However, if any development was initiated in pursuance of earlier No Objection Certificate given by

this Authority for conversion to non-agriculture use/ change of land use by the Authority, the same

would be allowed as per rules, though such developments are not in line with the policy of ensuring

compact and planned development.

The stages by which the plan is to be carried out in phased manner has been prepared based on:

- Present growth trend: the area adjacent to present developed areas have been given priority

for development in the first phase.

- The area required to accommodate the projected population in 2021 and 2031.

- The change of land use and approved layouts permitted by the Government is included in

Phase 1

Population in the the Local Planning Area by 2021 and 2031 is 6.4 lakhs and 16 lakhs respectively. A

population of 25 thousand is proposed to be accommodated in the villages of agricultural zone. The



requirement of area is calculated to accommodate the projected population of 16 lakhs @ 70 pph

density in the Local Planning Area.

Table 10.1: Phasing of population 2021, 2031

YEAR POPULATION URBANISABLE AREA DENSITY

2011 - 2021 6.4 lakhs 10869.71 Ha * 60

2021- 2031 9.6 lakhs 12447.32 Ha 77

Total 16 lakhs 23317.03 Ha 70

*The area calculated is for a population of 6.4 lakhs that is expected to be accommodated in the LPA in till 2021.

** The area calculated is for a population of 9.6 lakhs that is expected to come in the LPA in the period 2021-2031

*** projected population in the conurbation area of the LPA till 2031

The phasing of urbanisable area in the four planning districts have been calculated as follows

Table 10.2: Phasing of development: Sarjapura Planning District

AREA POPULATION Urbanisable area (Ha)*

2011-2021 1.08 lakhs 1700.17

(including existing development)

2021-2031 1.97 lakhs 3029.02

Total 3.05 lakhs 4729.19

Table 10.3: Phasing of development: Attibele Planning District


2011-2021 1.64 lakhs 1696.84


2021-2031 2.86 lakhs 4291.03


Table 10.4: Phasing of development: Jigani Planning District


2011-2021 1.78 lakhs 4155.16


2021-2031 2.02 lakhs 1591.79


Table 10.5: Phasing of development: Anekal Planning District


2011-2021 1.96 lakhs 3317.54


2021-2031 2.69 lakhs 3535.48


*Area exclusive of water bodies, forests, agricultural lands and hillocks

The land use analysis for phase-I to be carried out during 2011-21 is detailed below.



Table 10.6:

Landuse analysis of the area to be developed in phase -I in Anekal LPA


PERCENTAGE








TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA PHASE 1 10869.71 100.0%


FOREST 33.46 -


TOTAL AREA PHASE 1 11104.98 -

*Excluding of water bodies, forests, hillocks and quarries and agricultural land

**Includes STRR, IRR, RR and ITRR areas

The total urbanisable area in the LPA in phase 1 is 12231.92Ha. All proposed roads in the Master

Plan are to be developed in the 1st phase. The other land uses have been assigned in phase 1 to

bring about compact development and accommodate the population till 2021.

Table 10.7 Urbanisable area in the two phases in Anekal LPA

DESCRIPTION AREA (Ha)

Urbanisable Area Phase 1 10869.71

Urbanisable Area Phase 2 12447.32

Total Urbanisable Area 23317.03

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 11| Enforcement, Evaluation, Monitoring and Implementation


CHAPTER 11

ENFORCEMENT, IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION

As per Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961, Master plan is prepared to guide and

regulate the growth of dynamic urban areas; Master Plan is a physical development plan or land use

plan and is prepared taking into account the land requirement for various uses for a growing

community.

In many ways, Master plan lays down the blueprint for the development of a region and direction in

which growth of the region must be shaped. The proposals of Master Plan have to be implemented

by all concerned stakeholders for it to be an effective instrument for urban planning. The

implementation of Master plan proposals must be reviewed on a periodic basis and a mechanism

must be in place for evaluation of the extent to which identified actions are successfully

accomplished.

11.1 ACTIONS

The identified actions for monitoring can be summarized broadly as follows:

1) To develop compact and complete urban communities

Compact community is a high density urban settlement and is the most sustainable urban form.

Compactness has many advantages, less cost of providing services, less carbon footprint, forging

strong community links being the foremost. A complete urban form has a well-defined and developed

street network with equitable allocation of road space for all modes; mixed land use that reduces the

need and length of a trip; focus on public transport and walking and cycling.

Parameters for review:

Density of development; Completeness of street network with specific focus on completion of missing

links; width and quality of footpaths; creation of bus-bays; development of bus terminals; priority to

public transport by providing dedicated lanes for buses; development of cycle tracks etc.



1) To enhance the character and quality of public realm to suit the varied requirements of

the community.

What makes an urban community liveable? Historically, many towns/cities always had a main market

streets, public plazas etc. where people could congregate and interact. The public realm comprises of

the places where the children could play; the old could meet and chat and the young could hang-out,

and the people in other age-groups could catch up with their friends after work or exercise in the

mornings or do their shopping without the threat of being run over by a passing vehicle. Public realm

must have something for every age group. Well-developed Parks, play grounds, pedestrianized

areas etc. enhance the quality of public realm.

Parameters for review:

Development of parks on hierarchical basis (neighbourhood/ city /town level); Networking of green

spaces along nalas, lakes, rivers etc./ buffer spaces to form a network of green links for

walking/cycling; Pedestrianization of market streets, temple streets, heritage areas etc.

2) To proactively encourage the development of a sustainable community by

discouraging use of personal vehicles and thereby, reduce the carbon footprint of the

community.

Unbridled growth of personal vehicles adds to congestion, air-pollution and increase in unproductive

time spent in commuting for the community. Many indirect costs like parking costs are not considered

when people make a choice to buy a two-wheeler or a car as parking is free in many of our

cities/towns. Parking on streets also reduces the road width available for movement of

people/vehicles and further causes congestion problems. Like good habits that need to be inculcated

from childhood, paid parking has to be implemented irrespective of the fact that the city/town has

manageable traffic.

Parameters for review: Implementation of parking policy with parking pricing; demarcation of areas

where vehicles can be parked and where they cannot be parked; enforcement measures; Provision of

cycle parking etc.

3) To facilitate seamless freight movement while ensuring that the ambience of the city is

not affected due to movement of trucks etc. through the city.

Parameters for review:Development of designated parking areas for heavy goods vehicles/logistic

hubs.



4) To preserve historically and culturally important landmarks, and to ensure that public

infrastructure and facilities within the city/town are aesthetically designed and

constructed from architectural and functional point of view, and contribute to

enhancing the ethos of the city/town.

Parameters for review: Identification of historically and culturally important buildings and

development of plans for their preservation; developing design guidelines for new public

buildings.

5) To enhance the per-capita green space in the city/town with attention to protection of

local bio-diversity.

Parameters for review: Development of guidelines for city plantation; extent of plantation proposed

during the year etc.

11.2 MONITORING AND EVALUATION

Master plan for the plan period 2031 will be successful only if the objectives listed above are

implemented in co-ordination with all implementing agencies. It is necessary to put in a mechanism

to ensure that implementation of master plan proposals are periodically reviewed.

A master plan review committee is set up under the Deputy Commissioner of the district as follows,

for this purpose.

Sl. Members

1 Deputy Commissioner of concerned District Chairman

2 Representative of B.M.R.D.A not below the rank of Deputy Director Member

3 Executive engineer, P.W.D. Member

4 Representative of Zilla Panchayat Member

5 Commissioner/ Chief Officer of respective Municipality Member

6 Member Secretary of Local Planning Authority Member-Convener

7 Representative of BWSSB,BESCOM ,KAIDB & KHB( invitees as and when required)

Member

The committee is expected to meet every quarter to review the performance with respect to specific

targets that must be identified in the first meeting of the committee. All the proposals/ projects/



schemes identified for implementation or enforcement are prioritised to be developed in phases over

the plan period of 20 years depending on the mode of development and funding.

An independent evaluation of master plan will be done by BMRDA every five years to gauge

the effectiveness of the implementation of the Master plan proposals.

11.3 FISCAL PLAN FOR 2031

The fiscal requirement for infrastructure provision based on the proposals of the Master Plan 203,

have been calculated as shown in the table below. Unit prices have been considered from similar

projects elsewhere.

Table 11.1: Financial Proposal for Development of Roads

SL

ITEM WIDTH LENGTH LAND ACQUISITION COST (crore)

DEVELOPMENT COST (crore)

TOTAL FINANCIAL

REQUIREMENT (crore)

1 STRR 90M 29.4 KM 2278.52 235.2 2513.72

2 ITRR 90m 23.73 9881.35 91.8 9973.15

3 IRR 90m 12.75 322.06 2.992 325.05

4 RR 60m 6.24 1839.35 17.088 1856.44

5 NH 7 60 20.02 869.73 24.02 893.76

6 NH 207 40 12 413.34 14.4 427.74

7 SH 35, SH 86 30 46.5 1201.26 55.8 1257.06

5 MASTER PLAN PROPOSED ROADS

18 35.84 555.42 43.008 598.43


24 129.95 2684.97 155.94 2840.91


30 109.82 2833.08 131.784 2964.87


45 112.99 4378.80 135.588 4514.38

TOTAL 27257.89 907.624 28165.52



The total cost of provision of transport infrastructure including the BMR proposed roads (STRR, IRR,

RR, ITRR) is 28165crores (including development and land acquisition cost).

The total cost of development of parks and public and semi-public areas have been calculated in the

table below. The total cost of developing parks including land acquisition and development cost is

10560 crores. Cost of acquiring land for public and semi-public uses is 6863 crores.

Table 11.2: Financial Proposal for Other Public Amenities

SL CATEGORY AREA PROPOSED IN MASTER PLAN 2031

LAND ACQUISITION COST (CRORE)

DEVELOPMENT COST (crore)

TOTAL FINANCIAL REQUIREMENT (crore)

1 PARKS 1225.07 10548.72 12.25 10560.97

2 PUBLIC AND SEMI PUBLIC USES

797.75 6863.13 - 6863.13

The total cost of provision of infrastructure in the LPA as proposed in the Master Plan 2031 is

45597.58 crores.

PART II

ZONING REGULATIONS

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 12| Zoning Regulations


CHAPTER 12

ZONING REGULATIONS

12.1 INTRODUCTION

In order to promote public health, safety and the general social welfare of the community, it is

necessary to apply control and reasonable limitation on the development of land and buildings.

This is to ensure that most appropriate, economical and healthy development of the entire

Anekal Local Planning Area including Anekal Town takes place in accordance with the land

use plan, and its continued maintenance over the years. For this purpose, the LPA is divided

into number of use zones, such as Residential, Commercial, Industrial, Public and Semi Public,

Park and Open Space etc. Each zone has its own regulations, as the same set of regulations

cannot be applied to the entire area.

Zonal Regulations protects residential areas from the harmful invasions of commercial and

industrial uses and at the same time promotes the orderly development of industrial and

commercial areas, by suitable regulations on spacing of buildings to provide adequate light, air,

protection from fire, etc. It prevents overcrowding in buildings and on land to ensure adequate

facilities and services.

Zoning is not retrospective. It does not prohibit the uses of land and buildings that are lawfully

established prior to the coming into effect of these Zonal Regulations. If these uses are contrary

to the newly proposed uses, they are termed non-conforming uses and are gradually eliminated

over years without inflicting unreasonable hardship upon the property owner.

The Zonal Regulations and its enforcement ensure proper land use and development and form

an integral part of the Master Plan. It also ensures solutions to problems of development under-

local conditions.

The Zonal Regulations for Anekal Local Planning Area prepared under the clause (a) of sub-

section (1) of section 12 of the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 are detailed

below:



12.1. 1 Establishment of Zones and Zonal Maps

The local planning area is divided into use zones such as Residential, Commercial,

Industrial etc., as shown in the enclosed maps.

12.1.2 Zonal boundaries and interpretations of Zonal Regulations.

These regulations set out the various uses of land:

a. Those are permitted.

b. Those may be permitted under special circumstances by the Authority in

different zones.

The regulations governing minimum size of plot, maximum plot coverage, minimum front, rear

and side setbacks, minimum road widths and maximum number of floors and height of

structures are set out in these regulations.

NOTE:

a. Where there is uncertainty as regards to the boundary of the zones in the approved

maps, it shall be referred to the Authority and the decision of the Authority in this regard

shall be final.

b. For any doubt that may arise in interpretation of the provisions of the Zonal Regulations,

the Authority shall consult BMRDA or the Director of Town & Country Planning,

Government of Karnataka, Bangalore.

c. Where there is uncertainty in identifying alignment of nala, canal, river, existing public

road, railway line, high-tension line and any religious building position and also survey

number boundaries in the approved maps, it shall be referred to the actual position on

ground and decision taken by the Authority in this regard shall be final.

d. Change of Land Use from Approved Master Plan

No change of land use cases shall be entertained by the Authority under section 14-A of

Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act (K.T.C.P. Act), 1961 in the “Agricultural

Zone” as such changes contravene the provisions of Master Plan.



e. Phasing and Compact Development

The projected population in the Local Planning Area is proposed to be accommodated in

a phased manner from 2011-2021 and 2021-2031 as proposed in the phasing map.

However no approvals for development/ No Objection Certificate for conversion to non-

agricultural use or change of land use are permissible in the Phase – II (i.e., 2021 –

2031) of urbanizable area. Now the land uses suggested for the urbanizable area

identified for 2021 – 2031 are only for the purposes of planning and these urbanizable

areas are not marked for any development during phase – I.

However if any development was initiated in pursuance of earlier No Objection

Certificate given by this Authority for conversion to non-agriculture use/ change of land

use by the Authority, the same would be allowed as per rules, though such

developments are not in line with the policy of ensuring compact and planned

development.

12.1.3 DEFINITIONS

In these Zonal Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, the expressions given below

shall have the meaning indicated against each of them.

1. “Act” means the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act (K.T.C.P. Act), 1961.

2. „„Addition or Alteration” means a structural change including an addition to the area

or change in height or the removal of part of building, or any change to the structure, such

as the construction or removal or cutting of any wall or part of a wall, partition, column,

beam, joist, floor including a mezzanine floor or other support, or a change to or closing of”

any required means of access ingress or egress or a change to fixtures or equipment „„as

provided in these Zonal Regulations.

3. „„Amalgamation” means clubbing of two or more authorized plots.

4. „„Amenity” includes roads, street, open spaces, parks, recreational grounds,

playgrounds, gardens, water supply, electric supply, street lighting, sewerage,

drainage, public works and other utilities, services and conveniences.

5. „„Apartment” means a room or suite or rooms, which are occupied or which is intended

or designed to be occupied by one family for living purpose.

6. „„Apartment building / multi dwelling Unit” means a building containing four or more

dwelling units, or two buildings blocks, each containing two or more dwelling units on a

given property. This word is synonymous with residential flat.



7. "Applicant” means any person who gives notice to the Authority for any approval with

an intention to take up any development work.

8. “Auditorium” means Premises having an enclosed space to seat audience and stage

for various performances such as concerts, plays, music etc.

9. “Authority” means Planning Authority constituted for Anekal Local Planning area under

the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961.

10. “Balcony” means a horizontal cantilever projection including a handrail or balustrade, to

serve as passage or sit out place.

11. “Basement storey or cellar” means any storey, which is partly / wholly below the

ground level. The basement height should not project more than 1.2 m above the

average ground level.

12. “Bifurcation” means bifurcation of a plot into two.

13. „„Building” includes;

a. A house, out-house, stable, privy, shed, well, verandah, fixed platform, plinth, door

step and any other such structure whether of masonry, bricks, wood, mud, metal or

any other material whatsoever;

b. A structure on wheels simply resting on the ground without foundation;

c. A ship, vessel, boat, tent and any other structure used for human habitation or used

for keeping animals or storing any article or goods on land.

14. “Building Line “means the line up to which the plinth of buildings may lawfully extend

within the plot on a street or an extension of a street and includes the line prescribed, if

any, or in any scheme.

15. “Building Set Back” is the minimum distance between any building or structure from the

boundary line of the plot.

16. “Bus Depot” means premises used by public transport agency or any other agency for

parking, maintenance and repair of buses. These may include the workshop.

17. “Bus Terminal” means a premises used by public transport agency to park the buses

for short duration to serve the public. It may include the related facilities for

passengers.

18. „„Carriageway” means the clear motorable width within the road right of way without any

obstructions such as drains, trees, electric poles, etc. The carriageway surface may be

or may not be paved. Width of the carriage way or the width of the pavement depends

on the width of the traffic lane and number of lanes.



19. „„Chajja” means a continuous sloping or horizontal cantilever projection provided over

an opening or external wall to provide protection from sun and rain.

20. “Chimney” means a structure usually vertical containing a passage or flue by which the

smoke, gas, etc., of a fire or furnace are carried off and by means of which a draught is

created.

21. “Civic Amenity" means a market, a post office, a bank, a bus stand or a bus depot, a

fair price shop, a milk booth, a school, a dispensary, a maternity home, a child care

centre, a library, a gymnasium, a recreation centre run by the Government or Local

Authority, a centre for educational, religious, social or cultural activities or philanthropic

service run by a co-operative society or society registered under the Karnataka

Societies Registration Act, 1960 (Karnataka Act 17 of 1960) or by a trust created wholly

for charitable, educational or religious purposes, a police station, fire station, an area

office or a service station of the Local Authority or the Karnataka Urban Water Supply

and Drainage Board or the Karnataka Electricity Supply Companies, State and Central

Govt. offices and such other amenity as the Government may by notification specify.

22. “Clinic”: A premises used for treatment of out–patients by a doctor.

23. “Clinical Laboratory”: A premises used for carrying out tests for diagnosis of ailments.

24. “Commercial Building” means a building or part of a building, which is used as shops,

and/or market for display and sale of merchandise either wholesale or retail, building

used for transaction of business or the keeping of accounts & records for similar

purpose; professional service facilities, corporate offices, software services, offices of

commercial undertakings and companies, petrol bunk, restaurants, lodges, nursing

homes, cinema theatres, multiplex, kalyana mantapa, banks ,community hall and clubs

run on commercial basis. Storage and service facilities incidental to the sale of

merchandise and located in the same building shall be included under this group,

except where exempted.

25. “Common Wall” means a wall built on land belonging to two adjoining owners, the wall

being the joint property of both owners.

a) If two adjoining owners build a dividing wall on their property, they are not common

walls and no part of the footings of either wall shall project on to the land of the

adjoining owner, except by legal agreement between the owners.

b) Any such „„common” or “dividing” wall shall be considered for the purpose of these

byelaws, as being equivalent to an external wall as far as the thickness and height

are concerned.



26. “Community Hall” means congregational place to be developed by Government or

Local Bodies, Trust, Society, etc., and having a Hall without separate kitchen and

dining. No upper floor shall be permitted.

27. “Convention Centre” means premises having enclosed space for conducting seminars,

conferences and exhibitions without cooking facilities.

28. “Corner Plot/ Corner Site” means a plot facing two or more intersecting

Streets/Roads.

29. “Corridor” means a common passage or circulation space including a common

entrance hall.

30. „„Court yard” means a space permanently open to the sky either in the interior or

exterior of a building within the site around a structure.

31. “Covered Area” means area covered by building / buildings immediately above the

plinth level, but does not include the space covered by;

a. Court yard at the ground level, garden, rocky area, well and well structures, plant,

nursery, water pool, swimming pool (if uncovered) platform around a tree, tank,

fountain, bench with open top and unenclosed sides by walls and the like;

b. Drainage, culvert, conduit, catch-pit, gully-pit, chamber gutter and the like;

c. Compound or boundary wall, gate, un-storied porch and portico, chajja, slide, swing,

uncovered staircase, watchman booth including toilet. The area covered by

watchman booth or pump house shall not exceed 15 sq m depending on the size of

the plot and its requirement.

d. Sump tank and electric transformer.

32. “Cross Wall” means an internal wall within the building up to the roof level or lintel

level.

33. “Cultural Building” means a building built by a Trust, Society, Government or Local

body for cultural activities.

34. “Density” means concentration of population expressed in terms of number of persons

per hectare in a particular area.

35. “Detached Building” means a building, the walls and roof of which are independent of

any other building in the same plot with open spaces on all sides, except the portion

covered by the garage.

36. „„Duplex” means a residential apartment in two levels connected with an internal

staircase.

37. “Drains” means natural valleys intended for flow of storm water /rain water.

38. „„Drainage” means the removal of any waste liquid by a system constructed for this

purpose.



39. “Dwelling Unit /Tenement” means an independent housing unit with separate facility

for living, cooking and sanitary requirements.

40. „„Exit” means a passage, channel or means of egress from any floor to a street or other

open space of safety.

41. “External Wall” means the outer wall of the building not being a partition wall even

though adjoining a wall of another building and also a wall abutting on an interior open

space of any building.

42. “First Floor” means the floor immediately above the ground floor or stilt, on which

second and other floors follow subsequently.

43. “Flatted Factory” means a premises having group of non-hazardous small industrial

units as given in Schedule I having not more than 50 workers and these units may be

located in multi-storied industrial buildings.

44. “Floor” means the lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a building.

The general term “floor” does not refer basement or cellar floor and mezzanine.

45. „„Floor Area Ratio”(FAR) means the quotient of the ratio of the combined gross area of

all floors, except the areas specifically exempted under these regulations, to the total

area of the plot, viz.

Floor Area Ratio =

Total floor area of all the floors

----------------------------------------------

Plot Area

46. “Footing” means the projecting courses at the base of a wall to spread the weight over a

large area.

47. "Foundation” means that part of structure which is below the lowest floor and which

provides support for the superstructure and which transmits the load of the

superstructure to the bearing strata.

48. “Frontage” means the width of any site/land abutting the access/public road.

49. „„Garage” means a structure designed or used for the parking of vehicles.

50. “Government” means the Government of Karnataka.

51. “Ground Floor” means immediately above the level of the adjoining ground level on all

sides or above the basement floor.

52. “Guidance Value” is the value fixed by the Sub-Registrar for the land/building as per

The Karnataka Stamp Act -1957.

53. “Gas go-down” means premises where LPG cylinders are stored.



54. “Ground Coverage” means the total area covered by building immediately above the

plinth level. Swimming pool, sump tank, pump house and electric substation, utilities are

not included.

55. „„Group Housing” means apartments or group of apartments on a minimum plot size of

1 hectare or more with one or more floors and with one or more dwelling units in each

floor. They are connected by an access of not less than 3.5 m in width, if they are not

approachable directly from the road.

56. “Habitable Room” means a room occupied or designed for occupancy by one or more

persons for study, living, sleeping, Eating, cooking but does not include bathrooms

water closet compartments, laundries serving and storage pantries, corridors , cellars,

attics and spaces that are not used frequently or during extended periods.

57. “Hazardous Building” means a building or part thereof used for:

a. Storage handling, manufacture of processing of radioactive substances or of highly

combustible or explosive materials or of products which are liable to burn with

extreme rapidity and/or producing poisonous fumes or explosive emanations;

b. Storage, handling, manufacture or processing of which involves highly corrosive,

toxic or noxious alkalis, acids, or other liquids, gases or chemicals producing flame,

fumes and explosive mixtures, etc. or which result in division of matter into fine

particles capable of spontaneous ignition.

58. “Head Room” where a finished ceiling is not provided the lower side of the Joists or beams

or tie beams shall determine the clear headroom.

59. „„Height of Building” means the vertical distance measured in the case of flat roofs from

the average road level of the site to the top of the roof and in the case of pitched roofs

up to the point where the external surface of the outer wall intersects a finished surface

of the sloping roof and in case of gable facing the street, the midpoint between the eave-

level and the ridge. Architectural features, service no other function except that of

decoration shall be excluded for the purpose of measuring height. Water tank,

chimneys, lift room, stair case room, and parapet are also excluded for the purpose of

measuring height. The aggregate area of such structures shall not exceed 1/10th of the

roof area of the building upon which they are erected.

60. “Heritage Building” means a building possessing architectural, aesthetic, historic or

cultural values, which is declared as Heritage building by the Planning Authority, Anekal

or any other Competent Authority within whose jurisdiction such building is situated.

61. “Heritage Precinct” means an area comprising heritage building or buildings and

precincts there of or related places which is declared as such by the Planning Authority,

or any other Competent Authority within whose jurisdiction such building is situated.



62. „„High Density Development” means development which include star hotels, shopping

malls, multiplexes, commercial complexes, IT and BT.

63. “High-rise Building” means a building of height of G+4 or 15 m or more above the

average ground level. However, chimneys, cooling towers, boiler, rooms/ lift machine

rooms, cold storage and other not-working areas in case of industrial buildings and

water tanks, and architectural features in respect of other buildings may be permitted

without reckoning for height.

64. “Hospital” is premises providing medical facilities of general or specialized nature for

treatment of indoor and outdoor patients.

65. “Hotels”: A premises used for lodging or payment with or without boarding facilities.

66. “Integrated Residential Schools”: A premises having educational and playing facilities

for students up to XII standard and also having boarding facilities for students and

faculty members.

67. “Industrial Building” means a building wholly or partly used as a factory, for the

manufacture of products of all kinds and related activities (including fabrication and

assembly, power plant, refinery, gas plant distillery, brewery, dairy, factory, workshop

etc.)

68. “IT Infrastructure companies” means the real estate Infrastructure developer or a

builder, registered under Indian Companies Act, 1956, having core competency in

constructing IT office space for sale or for lease cum sale to IT Industry for the purpose

of IT activities by the IT industry.

69. “IT/ITES Park” is defined as exclusively delineated or earmarked site/area of 2000 sq m

land and above managed and developed/ to be developed with IT office space and

other amenities and made available on lease basis for IT industry, to provide “ plug and

play” facilities as per the stipulations contained herein.

70. “IT/ ITES Campus” is defined as IT office space and other amenities developed by an

IT Company on its own land and for its own use.

71. “IT/ITES Special Economic Zone (SEZ)” is notified by government of India as IT/ITES

SEZ developed in an area of 25 acres and above to be developed by a developer or co-

developer, according to the provisions of The SEZ Act, 2005.

72. “Junk Yard” means premises for covered semi covered or open storage including sale

and purchase of waste goods, commodities and materials.

73. „„Kalyana Mantapa” means premises where marriages, social and religious functions

are conducted with cooking facilities.



74. “Land Use” includes the purpose to which the site or part of the site or the building or

part of the building is in use or permitted to be used by the Authority on any specified

date. Land use includes zoning of land use as stipulated in the Master Plan and the

Zonal regulations.

75. „„Layout “means any subdivision of land with the formation of a new road or an access

road. It may consist of single or multiple sites.

76. „„Layout Plan” means sub division of plot (residential or non residential) with proposed

road network and provision for Parks and Civic Amenities.

77. “License” means an authorization or permission in writing by the ULB to carry out any

building construction.

78. “Lodging” is a premises used for lodging on payment.

79. “Loft” means a residual space above normal floor level which may be constructed or

adopted for storage purposes.

80. “Lift” means an appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or

more levels in a vertical direction by means of a guided car platform.

81. „„Master Plan” means Master Plan, 2031 prepared for the Local Planning Area of

Anekal approved by the Government under the Karnataka Town and Country Planning

Act, 1961.

82. “Mezzanine Floor” means an intermediate floor between Ground floor and First floor

only, with area of mezzanine floor restricted to 1/3 of the area of that floor and with a

minimum height of 2.20m. Mezzanine floor is permitted on commercial uses only. Such

Mezzanine floor shall be accessible only from the Ground floor.

83. “Multilevel Car Parking (MLCP)” means multilevel R.C.C. structure used for vehicle

parking connected to all floors by means of ramps or ramps with mechanical elevators.

MLCP can be an independent structure or part of a building with other land uses.

84. “Multiplex” means, a building housing an entertainment and cultural centre including

cinema theatres, restaurants, food courts, shops etc.



85. “Nursing Home” means, a premises having medical facility for in-patient and out-patient

patients, providing up to 30 beds.

86. „„Open Space” means an area forming an integral part of the plot, left open to sky in a

building.

87. “Parapet” means a low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or balcony.

88. “Parking Space” means an area enclosed or unenclosed, covered or open sufficient in

size to park vehicles together with a drive-way connecting the parking space with a

street or any public area and permitting the ingress and egress of the vehicles.

89. “Park”: An area used for leisure, recreational activities, it may have related landscaping,

public toilet and fence.

90. “Playground”: An area used for outdoor games, it may have on it landscaping, parking

facilities and public toilet.

91. “Penthouse” means a covered space not exceeding 10 sq m on the roof of a building,

which shall have at least one side completely open.

92. „„Plinth” means the portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding ground

and surface of the floor immediately above the ground.

93. “Plinth Area” means the built up covered area of the building.

94. “Plinth Level” means the level of the floor of a building immediately above the

surrounding ground.

95. “Plot or Site”: A parcel of land enclosed by definite boundaries and held in one

ownership.

96. “Porch or Portico” means a roof cover supported on pillars or cantilevered projection

for the purpose of pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building.

97. “Public and Semi-Public Building” means a building used or intended to be used

either ordinarily or occasionally by the public and owned by State or Central

Government or Quasi Government or Local Authorities such as offices, religious

institutions (a church, temple, chapel, mosque or any place of public worship),

educational institutions (college, school), health institutions, library, cultural and

recreational institutions/theatres of non commercial nature, public concert room, public



hall, hospital run by public institutions, public exhibition hall, lecture room or any other

place of public assembly. Dharmashala.

98. “Pump Room” means a room provided below ground level adjacent to sump tank to

house various types of pumps with self priming mechanism however the entrance shaft

of the pump room of a maximum of 2Mx2M may be permitted above the ground level.

99. “Recreational Club” is a premises used for assembly of a group of persons for social

and recreational purposes with all related facilities.

100. “Repair Shop” is a premises similar to retail shop for carrying out repair of house hold

goods, electronic gadgets, automobiles, cycles etc.,

101.“Residential Building” means a building used or constructed or adopted to be used

wholly for human habitation and includes garden, ground, garages, stables, and other

out-houses if any, necessary for the normal use of the building as a residence.

102. “Restaurant” is a premise used for serving food items on commercial basis including

cooking facilities, with covered or open space or both having seating facilities.

103.”Retail Shop” is a premise for sale of commodities directly to the Consumer with

necessary storage.

104. “Right of way (ROW) ” is the width of land acquired for the Road, along its alignment.

It should be adequate to accommodate all the cross sectional elements of the

highway and may reasonably provide for future development. To prevent

development along highways, control lines and building lines shall be provided. Control

line is a line which represents the nearest limits of future uncontrolled building activity in

relation to a road. Building line represents a line on either side of the road; between

which and the road no building activity is permitted at all.

100. ”Road Level” is the level of the road at the access to the property or in the event of

more than one entrance to the property the road level considered shall be at the centre

of the property frontage. The level of the road shall be taken at the centre of the carriage

way.

101. “Road Width” means the distance between the boundaries of a road including footways

and drains measured at right angles to the centre of the plot.

Note: In case of sites at T junction or at the intersection of multiple roads, the width of the

road parallel to the site shall be considered.

107. “Room Height” means the vertical distance measured between the finished floor

surface and the finished ceiling surface where a finished ceiling is not provided, the

underside of the joist or beams or tie beams shall determine the upper point of

measurement. The minimum height of the room shall be 2.75 m.



108. “Row Housing” means more than one residential buildings in a row attached to each

other with only front, rear and interior open spaces.

109. “Semi-detached Building” means a building detached on three sides with open

spaces as specified in these regulations.

110. “Service Apartment” means fully furnished room or suite or rooms with kitchen, which

is intended to be used on rental basis.

111. “Service Road” means a road / lane provided adjacent to a plots(s) for access or

service purposes as the case may be.

112. “Services” means activities incidental to the land use of the building such as electrical

sub-station, electrical panel room, generators, HVAC (Heating, Ventilation & Air

conditioning) facilities, plumbing and sanitary facilities, STP, refrigeration and cold

storage, fire fighting facilities, building management systems, car park management

facilities and similar such activities.

113. Service Industry” means an industry where services are offered with or without

power. If power is used, aggregate installed capacity shall not exceed 5 HP. The site

area shall not exceed 240 sq m. Service industries shall be permitted in the

Residential and commercial zone under special circumstances and in the light

industries zone of the Master Plan as given in Schedule I.

114. “Set back” means the open space prescribed under these Zonal Regulations

between the plot boundary and the plinth of the building.

115. “Stilt Floor” means a floor consisting of columns, used only for vehicle parking It

may also be open parking area provided at ground level and not be covered by

enclosures and shutters. The height of the stilt floor shall be a minimum of 2.4m and

shall not exceed 3.0m. The height shall be considered for calculating the total height

of the building. In case of mechanical or multi level parking the maximum height shall

be 3.6 m.

116. “Storey” means the space between the surface of one floor and the surface of the

other floor vertically above or below.

117. „„Staircase Room” means a room accommodating the stairs and for purpose of

providing protection from weather and not used for human habitation.

118. „„Town Municipality” means the Town Municipal Council of Anekal established under

the Karnataka Municipality Act.

119. “Villa” An independent house/dwelling on a given plot.

120. “Wholesale” An area where goods and commodities are sold or, delivered to retailers,

the premises include storage/ go down, loading and unloading facilities.



121. “Zonal Regulations” mean the Regulations governing land use made under the

Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961.

Note: -

1. The words and expressions not defined in these regulations shall have the same

meaning as in the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 and Rules, the

Building Bye Laws of Bangalore Mahanagara Palike and National Building Code of India

2005.

2. All permissions accorded by Anekal Planning Authority or BMRDA or Government prior

to coming into force of these Zonal Regulations shall be treated as conforming uses

irrespective of the classification made in the Master Plan 2031. This is to be allowed on a

case by case basis only.

3. Any other unforeseen situations that arise during implementation of this Zonal

Regulations for which provisions are not found in this, the Authority may take decision in

consultation with the BMRDA or Director of Town & Country Planning.

4. The Authority till the framing of its own Building Byelaws under Section 75 of the KTCP

Act 1961 shall adopt the relevant portions of the Building Byelaws of the Bangalore

Mahanagara Palike not covered under these Regulations in respect of size of drawings,

qualifications of persons drawing the plans, size of habitable rooms, ventilation, facilities

for physically handicapped persons, fire safety requirements, staircase details, etc. in a

building

5. Safety measures against earthquake in building construction:

Buildings shall be designed and constructed adopting the norms prescribed in the

National Building Code and in the “criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures”

bearing No. IS 1893-2002 published by the Bureau of Indian Standards, making the

buildings resistant to earthquake.



12.2 ZONING OF LAND USE

For the purpose of these regulations, the planning area of the town is divided into following

use zones.

1. Residential

2. Commercial

3. Industrial

4. Public and Semi-Public

5. Public Utilities

6. Open Spaces, Parks, Playgrounds, Buffer along River and Burial Ground

7. Transport and Communication

8. Agricultural Use

9. Areas of special control

NOTE:

i. Uses permissible under special circumstances by the Authority in different

zones provided that:-

a) All changes are in public interest;

b) The proposal for all such changes are displayed in the notice board of the

Planning Authority, inviting objections from the public within a period of not

less than fifteen days from the date of display as may be specified by the

Planning Authority.

ii. Roads are permitted in all the zones.

iii. Prior to giving permission for religious use and school or college buildings in

different zones either under uses permissible or under special circumstances by

the Authority, instructions given in Government Circular No. Na A E 237 Be Ma

Praa 2009 dated 19-09-2009 is to be followed.

iv. Uses permitted in all the above category of zones are subject to space standards

as given in Table-1.



v. Space standards for various buildings/ uses in different zones are strictly adhered

to while giving permission for change of land use / alienation as prescribed in

Table – 1.

Uses of land that are permitted and those that may be permitted under special

circumstances by the Anekal Planning Authority in different zones of the local planning area

shall be as follows:

12.2.1 RESIDENTIAL ZONE:

a. Uses permitted:

Dwellings units/tenements, plotted residential developments, villas, semi

detached houses apartments, multi dwelling housing, service apartments, group

housing, hostels including working women and gents hostels, old age homes,

Dharmashala, orphanages, places of public worship, schools offering higher primary

school courses, kinder garden/kids play area, Daycare, crèche (with a minimum site

area of 500 sq. m for nursery schools and 1000 sq. m for lower primary schools) public

libraries, post and telegraph offices, telephone exchange, Karnataka Power

Transmission Corporation Limited Counters, milk booths, HOPCOM centres, STD

booths, mobile phone service repairs, computer institutes.

b. Uses that are permitted under special circumstances by the Authority:

Municipal, state and central government offices, public utility buildings,

cemeteries, golf clubs, banks, nursing homes, higher primary schools with minimum

site area of 2000 sq m, hospitals, (with a minimum site area of 750 sq. m and the site is

abutting a road of minimum 12 m width), philanthropic uses, fuel storage depots, filling

stations, service industries with noc from KSPCB(for all the above industries and those

as per the list given in Schedule-I, power required for air conditioning, lifts and

computers are excluded from HP specified above), power loom for silk twisting

provided the noise generated shall be within the limit prescribed by the Ministry of

Environment and Forest, Government of India / gas cylinder storage provided it

satisfies all required norms of safety, neighbourhood or convenience shops limited to

20 sq. m., internet café centres, doctors consulting, Room, not exceeding 20.00 sq m.



pay & use toilets and service apartments, vehicle parking including multilevel car

parking.

Note:

a) Diesel generators equivalent to the quantity of power supplied by the Karnataka Power

Transmission Corporation Limited (KPTCL) may be permitted as substitute to power

cut and power failures in any zone after obtaining information on the quantity of power

supplied to a premises and the capacity of generator required from KPTCL. However,

in residential zone installation of diesel generators be discouraged and shall be given

in exceptional cases after spot verification and obtaining No Objection Certificate from

the KSPCB.

b) Where service apartments are permitted, fee under section 18 of KTCP Act, 1961 for

commercial use shall be levied.

12.2.2 COMMERCIAL ZONE:

a. Uses permitted:

All uses that are permitted in residential zone ,traffic & transportation and public/semi

public zones subjected to statutary NOC „S like FIRE,KSPCB 7 etc, petty shops/ retail

shops & hardware shops, job typing / computer training institutes, cyber café, and

internet browsing, departmental stores, grocery/ HOPCOMS, vegetable shops,

newspaper, stationery and milk booth, commercial and corporate offices / clinics

belonging to “professional services” like advocates and doctors, architects and self-

owned, shopping/ commercial complexes and service establishments like hair dressing

saloons, massage centers, laundries, dry cleaning and tailoring shops, restaurants and

hotels, eateries such as darshinis, tea stalls, and take aways, bakery and sweet stalls ,

mutton and poultry stalls, cold storages, clubs, hostels, newspaper or job printing, all

types of offices, STD/FAX/internet center/ ATM centers/ banks, insurance and consulting

and business offices, places of amusement or assembly, microwave towers and stations,

advertising signs conforming to relevant building byelaws, photo studio, church, temple

and other places of worship and assembly, educational, medical/engineering/ technical

and research institutions,(on the sites having minimum 2 ha with a minimum of 12m wide

approach road), financial institutions, education coaching centers, nursing homes and

speciality hospitals, pathological labs, hostels, libraries, any retail business or services



not specifically restricted or prohibited therein, filling stations (Fuel stations and pumps,

LPG storage, gas retail outlets), neighborhood shops, nursing homes, service industries

listed in Schedule – I (power up to 10HP). Uses for small repair centers (electronic,

mechanical, automobile), vulcanizing shops, printing press, residential buildings

including orphanages and old age homes, gyms, clinics and yoga center, warehouses,

storage areas for goods and kalyana mantapas, cinema theatres, multiplexes,

auditoriums, community centers, recreational /social clubs and amenities, exhibitions

centers, entertainment and amusement centers, convention centers and banquet halls,

hard and software computer offices and information technology related activities (Power

required for air conditioners, lifts and computers are excluded from the HP specified

above), flour mill up to 10 HP


Automobile workshop, manufacturing establishments employing not more than ten

workers and uses permitted or permissible on appeal in the residential zone other than

those specifically prohibited therein. Heavy goods markets, storage of inflammable

materials, sale of second hand junk goods, junk yards & agro mandis junkyard, truck

terminals, weigh bridges, cold storage, fruit and vegetable markets, meat and fish

markets, wholesale business, trading & warehouses, flour mill up to 20 HP

Note:

I Commercial complexes / office complexes/ neighborhood shops should have

sufficient provision for toilet for visitors in each floor and should be shown on

plan. It shall have waste disposal arrangements.

12.2.3 INDUSTRIAL ZONE:

a. Uses that are permissible:

All uses that are permissible under special circumstances in Residential and Commercial

zone & traffic & transportation use, all industries like IT and BT industries, microwave

towers, power plants, filling stations, parking lot (including multi-level), bus and truck

terminals, loading and unloading facilities, warehouses, public utilities like garbage and

sewage disposal, municipal and Government offices, dwellings for manager, watch and

ward staff in an area not exceeding 1000 sq m or 10% of the total area, whichever is



lower, canteen and recreation facilities, kalyana mantapa, office, shops, clubs, job

printing, banks, restaurants, dispensary and automobile service stations.

All uses as per the categorization of light industries, medium industries and heavy

industries defined by Department of Industries and Commerce (schedule– I) except

Obnoxious and hazardous industries. There is no power limitation for industries to be

permitted in this zone.

b. Uses that are permissible under special circumstances by the Authority:

Obnoxious and hazardous industries are subject to clearance from the State Pollution

Control Board, junk yards, dairy and poultry farms, slaughter house and meat processing

unit, ice and freezing plants with power, sports and recreation uses, resorts and

amusement parks.

Note:

i. To encourage work-home relationship, 40 % of the available land area for development

of residential use for providing quarters to the employees of that particular industry,

subject to clearance from the KSPCB in an area of 10 hectares and above.

ii. Wherever IT and BT industries are permitted in area of 5 hectares and above, 30% of

the area may be allowed for residential apartment for the convenience of the employees

subject to clearance from the KSPCB

iii. Residential regulations shall be followed for approval of residential development within

the premises of industrial/ I.T. and B.T. area.

Schedule – I

1. Illustrative list of household and service industries permitted in Residential and

Commercial Zone:

Sl.

No. Description

1. Bread and bakeries

2. Confectionary, candies and sweets

3. Biscuit Making

4. Ice, ice-Cream

5. Cold Storage (small scale)

6. Aerated water and fruit beverages



7. Huller and flour Mills

8. Automobile, scooter and cycle service and repair workshop

9. Furniture (Wooden and Steel)

10. Printing, book binding, embossing, etc.

11. Laundry, dry Cleaning and dyeing facilities

12. General jobbing and machine shops

13. Household utensil repairs, welding, soldering, patching and polishing.

14. Photography, printing (including sign board printing)

15. Vulcanizing

16. Tailoring

17. Hand looms

18. Velvet embroidery shops

19. Art weavers and silk sarees, printing and batik works

20. Jewellery, gold ornaments and silver wares

21. Mirror and photo frames

22. Umbrella assembly

23. Bamboo and cane products

24. Sport goods and repair shops

25. Musical instrument repair shops

26. Optical lens grinding, watch, pen repairs

27. Radio and T.V. repair shops

28. Electric lamp fittings

29. Shoe making and repairs

30. Audio / Video libraries

31. STD / ISD counters

32. R&D Labs, test centres, IT, BT, BPO activities

33. Rubber stamps

34. Card board box and paper products including paper (manual only)

35. Cotton and silk printing/ screen printing

36. Webbing (narrow, fabrics, embroidery, lace manufacturing)

37 Ivory, wood carving and small stone carving

38 Coffee curing units

39 Candles and wax products

40 Household kitchen appliances

41 Washing soaps small scale only



42 Fruit canning and preservation

43 Electric lamp fitting / Assembly of bakelite switches, shoe making, repairing

44 Power looms (silk reeling unit up to 10 HP)

45 Areca nut processing unit

46 Beedi rolling

47 Agarbathi rolling

48 Assembly and repair of measuring instruments(excluding handling of mercury and

hazardous materials)

49 Clay & modelling with plaster of paris.

50 Diary products Example: cream, ghee, paneer, etc.

51 Enamelling vitreous (without use of coal)

52 Milk cream separation

53 Manufacture of jute products

54 Manufacture of bindi

55 Photo copying of drawings including enlargement of drawings and designs

56 Packaging of shampoos

57 Packaging of hair oil

58 Utensil washing powder (only mixing and packaging)

2. Illustrative list of Light Industries:

Sl.

No. Description

1. Bread and bakeries

2. Confectionery, candies and sweets

3. Biscuit making

4. Ice, ice cream

5. Cold storage (small scale)

6. Aerated water and fruit beverages

7. Flour mills with power up to 20HP

8. Hats, caps, turbans including garments

9. Hosiery including knitted garments

10. Gold and silver thread

11. Shoe lace making



12. Toy making (earthen, paper, wooden, plastic metal and tin)

13. Cotton and silk cordages, twine thread and thread ball making

14. Velvet embroidered shoes

15. Art wares and silk screen printing and batik works

16. Jewellery, gold ornaments and silver wares

17. Wood and stone carving

18. Electroplating, mica plating, engraving

19. Photographs, printing (including sign board and printing)

20. Stone carving

21. Mirrors and photo frames

22. Umbrella assembly

23. Bamboo and cane products

24. Sports goods

25. Card board box and paper products including paper

26. Stationery items including educational and school drawing instruments

27. Furniture making (wooden and steel)

28. Musical instruments

29. Printing, book binding, embossing, photograph, etc.

30. Optical lens grinding, watch and pen repairing

31. Steel wire products

32. Sheet metal works

33. Metal polishing

34. Laboratory porcelene wares

35. Radio assembly and parts TV, mobile phones, air conditioner, fridge assembly parts

(small scale)

36. Electric lamps, fittings, shades, fixtures, etc.

37. Automobiles, scooters, cycle service and repair workshop

38. Laundry and dry cleaners

39. General jobbing machine

40. Iron foundries (only when related to other industries using electricity)

41. Brushes (household, sanitary and toilet)

42. Shoe making and repairing

43. Leather goods

44. Black smithy

45. Household utensils, repair, welding, soldering, patching, and polish (kalai)



46. Vulcanising and tyre re-treading

47. Cement products

48. Chalk, crayon, artist‟s colour

49. Tobacco products (cigarettes and beedies)

50. Cosmetics and hair oils

51. Cutlery

52. Cycle parts and accessories

53. Door and window fittings

54. Drugs and medicines

55. Lantern, torches and flash lights

56. Aluminium wires, cake and pastry moulds.

57. Padlocks and pressed locks

58. Rope making (vegetable fibre)

59. Mathematical instruments

60. Builder‟s hard wares

61. Tin products

62. Optical frames

63. Button clips

64. Wax polishing

65. Upholstery springs and other springs

66. Precision instrument of all kinds

67. Safety pins

68. Screws, bolts, nuts, pulleys, chains, gears

69. Conduit pipes fabrication (not exceeding 2" diameter)

70. Buckets and metal containers, plastic jugs and fixtures metal embossing.

71. Oil stoves and pressure lamps

72. Paper mill (small scale) hand made

73. Washing soaps

74. Hand tools

75. Electric industries, computer and software

76. Ice and freezing plants

77. Information Technology & Bio Technology



3. Illustrative list of Medium Industries:

Sl.

No. Description

1. Small domestic appliances and gadgets (room heaters, coolers, hot plates,

iron lamps, etc.)

2. Manufacturing of trunks and metal boxes, suit cases, small containers

3. Scientific, educational and industrial precision instruments.

4. Clocks and watches, photographic equipments

5. Typewriters, Radios, TV‟s, air conditioner, fridges, STD/mobile sets.

6. Electrical instruments (including transistors)

7. Calculating machines (small machines only)

8. Copper wire and utensils

9. Sewing machines

10. Sanitary fittings (excluding sanitary wares)

11. Electrical appliances (room heaters, iron and room air coolers, small transformers,

electric fans, fractional HP motors, cooking ranges, water heaters, etc.) computers and

electric goods.

12. Electrical fans and industries permitted in light industrial zone.

4. Illustrative list of Heavy Industries:

Sl.

No. Description

1. Hazardous and heavy manufacturing industries

2. All types of heavy industries

12.2.4 PUBLIC AND SEMI-PUBLIC USES

a) Uses permitted:

All Central, State and Quasi Government offices/ owned complexes, and centres and

institutional office, educational, college campus including hostel facilities for students,

integrated residential schools/colleges, higher educational Institutions, colleges, cultural



and religious institutions including libraries, reading rooms and clubs, medical and health

institutions, cultural institutions like community halls, opera houses, clubs, auditoriums,

cultural complexes predominantly non commercial in nature, exclusive places of

worship/congregation, public toilets, nursery creches, civic amenities and large

infrastructure facilities of health, education, sports, cultural and social institutions, utilities

and services, offices/ sub offices of utilities, water supply installations including disposal

works, electric power plants, high tension and low tension transmission lines, sub

stations, gas installation and gas works, fire fighting stations, spastic rehabilitation

centers, orphanages, Govt. dispensaries, police stations, post offices,

telecommunication/microwave tower, filling stations, fire stations, broadcasting &

transmission stations, banks, and quarters for essential staff and all uses permitted

under parks and playgrounds, traffic and transport related facilities, Public Transport

terminals and interchanges public distribution system shops, bill collection centers, dobhi

ghat, dharma shala and research institutions.

Note:

Retail shops, restaurants, filling stations, clubs, banks, canteens, dwellings required for

power maintenance and functioning of public and semi-public uses in the zone may be

permitted when they are run on non-commercial basis in their own premises and

ancillary to the respective institutions.

b) Uses that are permitted under special circumstances by the Authority:

Parking lot, repair shops, parks, play grounds, maidens and stadiums (no area limit) and

recreational uses, stadium, cemeteries, crematorium, clubs, canteen, libraries, aquarium,

planetarium, museum, horticultural nursery and swimming pool, orphanages and old age

homes, airport related ancillary uses

Note:-

i. In case any private property is included within the boundary of any existing Public

and Semi Public building and if the owner can establish the ownership of such

property vests with him/her, then the land use adjoining the Public & Semi Public

building may be assigned to such private property by the Authority.



12.2.5 PUBLIC UTILITIES

a) Uses permitted:

Public utilities include energy, water, telecommunication sub stations/ service

stations/supply and pumping stations, high and low tension transmission lines and power

stations/ sub-stations, electric power plants, installations, storage reservoirs OHT,

treatment plants, storage and dumping yards, gas and gas lines, gas installations and

gas works, electric towers, transformers and microwave towers, telecom towers and

drainage and sanitary installations including solid waste management facilities such as

land fill sites, garbage dumping yard, treatment plants and disposal works, drying beds,

micro-wave towers, fire stations, milk dairies, wind mills.


Shops, canteens, offices, banking counter, dwellings required for proper maintenance

and functioning of public utility and other ancillary users, in their own premises as an

ancillary to the respective institutions not exceeding 5% of the total area.

Note:

i. The buffer created for accommodating the utilities such as power, water, pipeline,

oil pipelines and high voltage lines, gas lines and any other utilities. Each “buffer”

is dictated by technical standards specified by the competent Authority.

ii. The regulations for the above will be decided by the Authority.

iii. In case of new developments, these shall remain as non buildable areas and

remain as reservations and marked for the purpose intended.

iv. For electrical networks, KPTCL standards are followed.

12.2.6 PARKS, PLAYGROUNDS AND OPEN SPACES

a) Uses permitted:

Parks, play grounds, stadium, NMT infrastructural facilities, sports complexes, children„s

play land inclusive of amusement parks such as Disney land type, toy trains, parkways,

boulevards, cemeteries and crematoria, burial grounds, public toilets, parking, sewage

treatment plants, water storage, sewage treatment plants, public use ancillary to park

and open space, parking and playground. The area of such ancillary use shall not

exceed 5% of total area.




Clubs (non-commercial nature and run by residents‟ association), canteens, libraries,

aquarium, planetarium, museum, bala bhavan, art gallery, open air theaters, water sports

and amusement theme parks, recreational clubs (Non-commercial nature), public

libraries, horticulture/nursery, transportation terminals and swimming pool, milk booths,

HOPCOMS centres and Uses ancillary to the above such as canteens, may be permitted

not exceeding 5% of total area limited to ground plus one floor only.

12.2.7 TRANSPORTATION AND COMMUNICATION

a. Uses permitted:

Railway lines, railway yards, railway stations, railway workshops, airport roads, road

transport depot, storage depots, bus stations, bus stands and bus shelter, bus bays,

auto stand, parking areas, multi level car parking information, kiosk Integrated, bus

terminals, TTMC & metro stations, truck terminals, MRTS terminals, workshop and

garages for two wheelers/ LMV/ HMV and filling stations, service stations, airports and

helipad, post offices, telegraph offices, telephones and telephone exchanges, television

telecasting and radio broadcasting stations, transport offices, microwave stations and

offices in their own premises and residential quarters for watch and ward, filling

stations, loading and unloading platforms (with/without cold storage facility), weigh

bridges, cargo terminals and transfer of cargo between different types of transport (rail,

road, air), automobile spares and services, transport depot, storage depots, bus

stations, bus stands and bus shelter, commercial, office use shall be permitted &

encouraged in all transport hubs & interchanges like TTMC & IMTH etc provided that

the built up area for such use does not exceed 25% of developable area. Traffic and

Transportation Management Centres, Transit Interchange terminals/ Transit Terminals

shall be up to 50 % of the permissible developable area.


Hotels, motels, clubs, go downs, special warehousing and indoor recreational uses,

shops, canteens, restaurants, banks, dwellings required for proper maintenance of the

transport and communication services in their own premises as an ancillary to the

respective institutions not exceeding 25% of the total developable area.



Note

1. Regulations for transit oriented development:

1. In case of development for any use abutting road with ROW/Road width of 60 m

and above additional FAR of 0.5 over and above the FAR provided against the

said use shall be allowed within the 150 m radius of any transit hub/ major

interchanges (railway station, B.R.T. and metro) in Zonal Regulations of Anekal

Master plan, on payment of fee at twice the applicable prescribed rates of

Betterment levy subject to statutory clearances viz. fire, Airport etc

2. In case of development around Railway station/Metro Station/any other

Mass Rapid Transport System:

Station in the radius of 150 m from the boundary of the same an additional FAR of

0.5 over and above FAR provided against the said use in Zonal Regulations of

Anekal Master Plan, on Payment of fee at twice the applicable prescribed rates of

betterment levy subject to statutory clearances e.g. Airport, Fire safety, Pollution

control etc.,

3. Minimum Foot path width shall be 2.0m to 3.0m based on the Road width as

indicated in road cross sections ( refer Annexure ).

4. As far as possible the traffic and transportation use should be located as per the

envisaged activity. It is desirable to have truck terminal/ freight complex/ logistics

hub next to or alongside the industrial use. Similarly the public mass transit is

meant to take on maximum number of repeat trips hence major terminals of

passenger transit should be located at high density work place and high density

residential areas.

To encourage multimodal transit integration, it is desirable to have the terminals located

wherever more than one mode like rail and road are present and they can be integrated.

The bus terminal is being redeveloped to accommodate the metro station and intra city

bus terminal as well as few inter-city bus terminals, thereby ensuring seamless physical

multimodal integration.

12.2.8 AGRICULTURAL ZONE

a) Uses Permitted:

Agriculture and horticulture, children‟s play land inclusive of amusement parks, such as

disney land type, eco-tourism activities, toy trains, dairy and poultry farming, pisciculture,

Piggeries farms, livestock rearing milk chilling centers, cold storage, farm houses and



their accessory building and uses not exceeding 200 sq. m. of plinth area for the farmers

own use within the limitation of minimum plot area of 1.20 hectares. Not exceeding 250

sq m of plinth area within the plot area limitation of 1.2 ha limited to G+ 1 floor. Uses

specifically shown as stated in the land use plan like urban village, brick kilns, rice mills,

sugar mills, jaggery mills, gardens, orchards, nurseries and other stable crops, grazing

pastures, forest lands, marshy land, barren land and water sheet, highway amenities

viz., filling stations, weigh bridges and check posts.


Agro processing units (as defined by C & I Dept.), Urban amenities such as burial

grounds, sports grounds, clubs/ sports clubs, stadiums, playgrounds, parks and garden

land, water sports, golf centers, race course, race / driving testing tracks, cultural

buildings, places of worship, air terminal and helipads, educational and health

institutions, hospitals, libraries, exhibition centers, park and open spaces,

graveyards/burial grounds, rehabilitated schemes of government, institutions relating to

agriculture, research centres, LPG bottling plant (min. 500 m away from human

habitation), ware house, storage and sale of farm products locally produced, provided

the Ground Coverage does not exceed 15 % and subject to a maximum of Ground+ First

floor only. Service and repairs of farm machinery and agricultural supplies, old age and

orphanage homes, Public utilities such as solid waste landfills, water treatment plants,

power plants, fuel stations and other highway amenities such as weigh bridges, check

posts and toll gates having access to major roads, truck terminals, quarrying and

removal of clay and stone up to 3.0 m. depth and crushing, wind mills, solar energy

stations, residential developments within the area reserved for natural expansion of

villages and buildings in such areas should not exceed two floors (Ground + one).

Note:

i. Coverage: 15 % of the site area of the land may be used for educational and health

purposes and a building height of G+1 floor only shall be permitted.

ii. For all uses permitted under this zone, regulations for rural development are to be followed.

12.2.8A Regulations for Rural Development

Within 150 m radius from the existing gramathana (as defined in the note below), for those



villages having a population up to 1000 as per 2011 census, and for every additional 1000

population additional 50 m for uses permitted under residential and agricultural zone may be

permitted with the following conditions.

1) FAR: 1.0

2) Maximum no of floors: G+1

3) Setbacks and coverage for the respective uses: As per Table no 8

NOTE:

Gramathana: means old village settlement as earmarked in the revenue survey map

(village map). Any addition already made to the gramathana in any form shall not be

considered while measuring the distance between land in question and gramathana.

12.2.9 AREAS OF SPECIAL CONTROL

12.2.9A Solid Waste Management (SWM) Area/ site

For efficient and scientific management and disposal of solid waste generated within Bruhat

Bangalore Mahanagara Palike limits, certain areas lying within Anekal Local Planning Area have

been identified. Following regulations are laid out in order to restrict development around these

areas as per Government Order No. Na A E 325 MNU 2007 dated 06-10-2007:

a. Area within a distance of 50 m from the premises of the SWM area/ site is

declared as “Buffer Zone” and No development or construction is permitted in this

zone. However set back and tree plantation may be allowed in this zone.

b. Area within a distance of 200 m from the premises of the SWM area/ site is

declared as “Sensitive Zone” and developments or construction may be permitted

without affecting solid waste management area / site.

c. If approval of layout in the “Sensitive Zone” is sought then “existence of SWM

area/ site/ unit for 48 years” is to be written in the layout plan while approving the

layout and when sale of sites in such a layout is done then the same is to be

written in the sale deed also for the knowledge of applicant/ owner / purchaser of

the land/ site.

d. Permissions in the sensitive zone will be as per the land use specified in Master

Plan. The Authority may impose certain conditions (about the existence of the

site etc.,) that may protect the Solid waste management site and sensitive zone



12.2.9B Archeological/ Historical Monuments and Precincts

The historical monuments in any city reflect the past glory of the city. As they attract

tourists both from inside and outside the country. While permitting developments around

historical monuments, care has to be taken to see that their aesthetic environs are not affected.

In order to preserve aesthetic environs around these monuments it is necessary to declare the

areas surrounding these monuments as zones of special control and impose the special

regulations around these monuments.

The Archeological Survey of India has not yet declared any of the monuments in the Anekal

town and the State Archeological Department has also not identified any of the monuments in

the Anekal town.

If the Planning Authority observes any Heritage structures, precincts of historic and/or aesthetic

and/or Architectural and/or cultural or environmental significance and natural features and sites

of scenic beauty, then Authority may demarcate special Development control areas for

regulation of development around these areas, to preserve the importance of the concerned

heritage structure and also to control the surrounding developments so that they do not mar the

grandeur or beauty or view of the heritage structure for the purposes of implementation.

A special Heritage committee may be constituted with the prior approval of the Government to

examine the proposals of development or any matter related to development, in the various

regulation areas, if received by the Authority, under the provisions of special Regulations and to

make recommendations to this Authority for consideration.

a) Building up to and inclusive of first floor or up to a height of 7 m from ground level,

whichever is less, is permissible within a distance of 100 m distance from the premises

of the monuments.

b) Buildings up to and inclusive of second floor or up to a height of 10.5 m from ground

level, whichever is less are only permissible between 100 m and 200 m distance from

the premises of the monuments.

c) Building up to and inclusive of third floor or up to a height of 14 m from ground level,

whichever is less are only permissible between 200 m and 400 m distance from the

premises of the monuments.



d) In any case no building shall be permitted within 400 m above the height of the declared

monument.

Note:

i. No permission for any development around notified historical monument, shall be

accorded unless concurrence/ No Objection Certificate is received from the competent

authority i.e. Archaeological Survey of India, State Archaeology Department.

ii. Any subsequent amendments to the Archaeology Act concerned regarding prohibited

area such amendments shall mutatis mutandis apply to these regulations.

iii. In case of change of land use from the approved Master Plan to other use, the setbacks

shall be the higher of the two uses.

Table- 1

Space Standards for various Buildings /Uses

Sl.

No

Buildings / Uses Min. road

width in m

Min. size of

plot in Sq m

1 Conference halls, Community halls &

Social clubs

12.0 500

2 Cold storage 12.0 1000

3 Indoor games 15.0 2000

4 Hotels / lodges 12.0 500

5 Kalyana Mantapas 12.0 1000

6 LPG storage & Fuel Filling stations 15.0 500

7 Nursing homes/polyclinics 12.0 500

8 Service Apartments 12.0 500

9 Nursery School 12.0

As prescribed by the

competent Authority

10 Lower Primary schools 12.0

11 Higher Primary schools 12.0

12 High schools with play ground, 12.0

13 Integrated Residential Schools 15.0

14 Colleges 15.0

15 Star hotels (up to 3 star) 15.0 As prescribed by

the competent

Authority

16 Star hotels (above 3 star) 18.0

17 Convention centres 15.0

18 Cinema, Multiplex, Convention Center 18.0 2000

19 R&D Lab 12.0 1500



NOTE:

1. A buffer of 45 m is assumed all along the flow of the river on both banks, which shall be

treated as no development zone.

2. In case of change of land use from the approved Master Plan to other use, the setbacks

shall be the higher of the two uses.



12.3 ZONING REGULATIONS: REGULATIONS FOR DIFFERENT USES OF BUILDINGS

The minimum set back required on all the sides of a building, maximum FAR, maximum height of building that are permissible for different

dimensions of sites and width of roads are set out for residential, commercial, public and semi-public, traffic and transportation, public utility

buildings up to 10.0 m in height in Table -2 and 4 given below:

Table – 2

Exterior open spaces / setbacks in percentage (minimum) for residential, commercial, public and semi-public, traffic and

transportation, public utility buildings up to 10.0 m in height.

Depth of site in M.

Residential Minimum in

m. Commercial

Traffic & Transportation, Public Utility & public & semi Public

Width of site in M

Residential Minimum in

m. Commercial

Traffic & Transportation, Public Utility & public &

semi Public

Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear Left Right Left Right Left Right

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Up to 6 1.00 0 1.00 0 1.50 0 Up to 6 0 0 0 0 0 1.00

Over 6 Up to 9

1.00 1.00 1.50 0 1.50 1.50 Over 6 Up to 9

1.00 1.00 0 1.00 1.00 1.50

Over 9 Up to 12

1.00 1.00 1.50 1.00 2.00 1.50 Over 9 Up to 12

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.50 1.75

Over 12 Up to 18

1.50 1.50 2.50 1.50 2.50 1.50 Over 12 Up to 18

1.50 2.00 1.50 2.00 1.75 2.50

Over 18 Up to 24

2.50 2.00 3.00 2.00 3.00 2.00 Over 18 Up to 24

2.00 3.00 2.00 2.50 2.50 3.00

Over 24 3.50 3.00 3.50 2.50 4.00 3.00 Over 24 2.00 3.00 2.00 3.00 3.00 4.00



Note:

i. When car garage is proposed on the right side rear corner, the minimum front

setbacks shall be 3.0 m;

ii. For residential, commercial, public and semi-public, traffic and transportation,

public utility buildings, above 10 m in height, the setbacks shall be insisted as

per Table - 3;

iii. For residential sites up to 120 sq m;

a. Open staircase shall be permitted in the side setbacks, but there shall be

a minimum open space of 0.50 m from the side boundary and 1.0 m from

the front and rear boundary of the site.

b. Toilets minimum of 1 m x 1.5 m and not exceeding 1.4 % of the plot area

permissible in rear set back only;

c. When minimum set back of 1.5 m is left on the right side, a scooter

garage may be permitted at the back side limiting the depth of the garage

to 3.0 m;

Table – 3

Exterior open spaces / setbacks for residential, commercial, public and

Semi-public, traffic and transportation, public utility buildings

exceeding 10.00 meters in height.

Sl. No. Height of building in meters

Minimum Exterior open spaces setbacks

to be left on all sides (in m)

1 Above 10.0 Up to 12.0 4.5

2 Above 12.0 Up to 15.0 5.0

3 Above 15.0 Up to 18.0 6.0

4 Above 18.0 Up to 21.0 7.0

5 Above 21.0 Up to 24.0 8.0

6 Above 24.0 Up to 27.0 9.0

7 Above 27.0 Up to 30.0 10.0

8 Above 30.0 Up to 35.0 11.0

9 Above 35.0 Up to 40.0 12.0

10 Above 40.0 Up to 45.0 13.0

11 Above 45.0 Up to 50.0 14.0

12 Above 50.0 16.0



TABLE – 4

Maximum Floor Area Ratio & Road Widths for Different uses

Road width in

m Residential Commercial

Public & Semi-public,

Traffic&Transportation,

Public utility

Upto 9 1.50 1.50 1.25

Over 9 to 12 1.75 1.75 1.50

Over 12 to 18 2.00 2.00 1.75

Over 18 to 24 2.25 2.25 1.75

Over 24 2.50 2.50 2.00

Note:

Only effluent treatment plant, open to sky swimming pool, car parking are excluded from

FAR computations.

12.3.1 Regulations for Group Housing Project

The following norms shall be adopted while approving building plans for group housing;

a) The approach road to a group housing project must have a minimum width of 12

m;

b) The minimum area for group housing shall be 1.00 ha or more.

c) An apartment Building on a plot of 1 hectare or more shall also be treated as

group housing and norms are applied accordingly.

d) A development plan showing the general arrangement of residential building

blocks, and dimensions of the plots earmarked for each building block, access

roads to abutting lands, parks, open spaces and civic amenity areas, shall be

obtained prior to according approval to the building plan;

e) Setbacks should be provided with reference to the depth and width of total plot

area;

f) The floor area ratio (FAR) shall be with reference to the width of the public road

abutting the property and the FAR shall be calculated for the net area of

the plot as prescribed in Table – 4 after deducting the area reserved for civic

amenities.



g) The coverage shall be with reference to the total area of the development plan.

h) The distance between any two buildings shall not be less than half the height of

the taller building.

I) 15% of the total area to be reserved for civic amenity, parks and open spaces,

subject to a minimum of 10% for parks and open spaces and 5% for Civic

Amenity.

TABLE – 6

Maximum plot coverage, FAR, minimum setbacks and minimum

road width for group housing.

Plot area Minimum road width

in m

Maximum

Plot coverage Maximum FAR

Between 1.00 to 2.00 ha 12

60% 1.50

Between 2.00 to 3.00 ha 12

50% 2.00

Above 3.00 ha 15

40% 2.25

Note:

a) Approval of development plan showing the general arrangement of residential

building blocks, and dimensions of plot earmarked for each building blocks, means of

access roads and civic amenity areas, should precede the approval to building plan.

b) In case, the height of group housing building exceeds 10.0 m, then setback to be left

all-round the premises shall be as per Table – 2.

c) Parking requirement shall be as per Table – 9. In addition, 10% of the total parking

shall be reserved for visitors parking separately.

d) Internal roads and park area shall be developed by the owner / developer himself for

the specified purpose only.

e) C.A. sites and park area reserved in the development plan shall be handed over free

of cost to the Authority by a relinquishment deed. Preference may be given to the

owner/developer of the respective project for lease of C.A. area reserved in the

Group Housing project.



12.3.2 Regulations for Semi detached houses

The following norms shall be adopted while approving semi detached houses as given in

Table – 7.

Table – 7

Regulations for Semi-detached houses

1. Minimum combined area of the

neighboring plots 140 sq m

2. Building coverage

As applicable to individual plots 3. Floor area ratio

4. Maximum number of floors

5. Minimum road width

6. Front setback for back to back plots Shall be equal to the sum of front and rear

setbacks of individual plots.

7. Side setbacks for plots joined at the

side.

On a plot on which a semi-detached building is

proposed, the side setback for each unit shall be

the total of the left and right setbacks to be left in

case of individual plots.

12.3.3 Row housing

The following norms shall be adopted while approving row houses as given in Table – 8.

TABLE – 8

Row Housing (Maximum 12 units, minimum 3 units)

1 Minimum combined area of plot 210 sq m

2 Maximum area of each plot 108 sq m

3 Building coverage

As applicable to individual plots 4 Floor area ratio

5 Number of floors

6 Minimum road width

7 Setbacks minimum

Front: 2.00 m

Rear: 1.50 m

Side: 2.00 m only for end units



12.3.4 Flatted factories

The following norms shall be adopted while approving flatted factories as given in Table

– 9.

TABLE - 9

Regulations for Flatted Factories

1. Minimum plot area 1,000 sq m

2. Maximum plot coverage 40 %

3. FAR 1.50 up to 12.0 m road width

and 1.75 above 12.0 m road width.

4. Minimum setbacks

a. Front 8.00 m

b. Rear 4.50 m.

c. Sides 4.50 m.

12.3.5 Industrial buildings

Coverage, Floor Area Ratio and Open space for Industrial buildings are as given in Table –

10 below:

TABLE – 10

Coverage, Floor Area Ratio and Open space for Industrial buildings

Plot area in

sq m

Max. plot

coverage

Floor area

Ratio

Minimum

Frontage

in m.

Minimum

Front setback in

m

Other

sides

in m

Minimum

road width

in m

Up to 230 80% 1.00 3.0 1.00 1.00 9

231 to 1000 60% 1.25 12.0 4.50 3.00 9

1000 to 2000 50% 1.25 24.0 6.00 5.00 Over 12

2001 to 4000 40% 1.25 28.0 8.00 5.00 Over 12

4001 to 8000 35% 1.00 32.0 8.00 6.00 Over 15

Above 8000 30% 0.50 42.0 15.00 12.00 Over 15

Note: whenever the plot of the minimum size prescribed is not facing the required width of

road, permission shall be granted to the maximum extent of built up area allowable to

that particular road width.



12.3.6 Regulations for IT and BT related Activities

FAR and Ground Coverage in Industrial Zone for IT related activities to be followed as per

table 10 A below

Table -10 A

SL NO

SIZE OF PLOT ( sq m)

GROUND COVERAGE

PERMISSIBLE FAR

ROAD WIDTH (m)

1 Upto 1000 55% 1.50 Above 9m upto 12m

2 Above 1000 upto 2000

50 % 1.75 Above 12.0m upto 18.0


50% 2.00 Above 18.0 upto 24.0


45% 2.25 Above 24.0 upto 30.0

5 Above 6000 45% 2.50 Above 30.0

Note: whenever the plot of the minimum size prescribed is not facing the required width of

road, permission shall be granted to the maximum extent of built up area allowable to

that particular road width.

Parking regulations for IT and BT related buildings

Each off-street parking space provided for motor vehicles shall not be less than (2.5

m x 5.0 m) 12.50 sq m area and for scooter and cycle parking spaces provided shall

not be less than 3 sq m and 1.4 sq m respectively and it shall be 25% of the car

parking space.

For building of different uses, off-street parking spaces for vehicles shall be provided

as stipulated the Table - 11

Exterior open spaces / setbacks in percentage (minimum) for IT/ BT related buildings

to be followed as per table 10 B below.



Table – 10 B

SL

NO SIZE OF PLOT (sq m)

GROUND

COVERAGE

MIN FRONT

SETBACKS (m)

MIN ALL AROUND

SETBACKS (m)

1 Upto 1000 55% 6 5

2 Above 1000 upto 2000 50 % 8 5

3 Above 2000 upto 4000 50% 8 6

4 Above 4000 upto 6000 45 8 6

5 Above 6000 45 15 12

12.3.7 Parking Regulations

Parking space standards to be adopted are as follows:

a) Each off-street parking space provided for motor vehicles shall not be less than

(2.5 m x 5.0 m) 12.50 sq m area and for scooter and cycle parking spaces provided

shall not be less than 3 sq m and 1.4 sq m respectively and it shall be 25% of the

car parking space.

b) For building of different uses, off-street parking spaces for vehicles shall be

provided as stipulated in the Table - 11below:

TABLE – 11

Off-street parking spaces

Sl.

No. Category

Minimum one car parking space of

2.50 m x 5.00 m for every

1.

Single dwelling unit A dwelling unit measuring more than 50 sq m upto 150 sq m of the floor area. An additional one car park for part thereof, when it is more than 50% of the prescribed limit.



2 Multi-family residential

a. 2 tenements each having area less than 50

sq m

b. 1 tenement exceeding area of 50 sq

3 Lodging establishments, tourist homes

and hotels 6 guest rooms

4 Educational 200 m floor area

5

a. Hospital

b. Nursing homes

a. 100 sq m floor area subject to minimum 20

spaces

b. 75 sq m floor area subject to minimum 10

spaces

6 Assembly/Auditorium 25 seats

7 Government or Semi public buildings 100 sq m floor area

8 Retail business 75 sq m floor area

9 Industrial 100 sq m floor area plus 1 lorry space measuring

3.5m x 7.5m for every 1000 sqm or part thereof.

10 Storage 100 sq m floor area

11 Kalyana Mantapa 75 sq m floor area

12 Private Offices 75 sq m floor area

13 Restaurant/Pubs/Bars/Coffee Parlours 75sq m of floor area

14 Students Hostels 15 rooms

15 Working Persons Hostel 5 rooms

Additional parking or part thereof shall be provided when the part area exceeds 50%

of the prescribed limits/ standards

Note:

(a) Parking space shall be with reference to total floor area after deducting space covered

by lift room, stair case, open balcony and ducts open to sky in addition to the area

deducted for the purpose of calculating the F.A.R.

(b) Up to 50 sq m in the case of shops, parking spaces need not be insisted.

(c) Off-street parking space shall be provided with adequate vehicular access to a

Street and the area of drive aisles subject to a minimum of 3.50 m and such other

provision required for adequate maneuvering of vehicles shall be exclusive of the

parking spaces stipulated in these Zonal Regulations.



(d) The parking spaces shall be provided in:

(a) First basement for plots up to 1000 sq m and second basement shall be

Permissible for plots more than 1000 sq m.

(b) Stilt floor or in upper floors (at any level.)

(c) Car parking can be provided in the set back areas provided; a minimum of 3.0 m is

left free from the building.

(d) The other aspects for providing parking spaces are:

i. Common and continuous cellar parking floors between adjoining blocks would be

allowed depending upon structural safety aspects.

ii. The parking spaces should be efficiently designed and clearly marked and

provided with adequate access, aisle, drives and ramps required for maneuvering

of vehicles.

iii. Stilt floor/Cellar parking floor shall be used only for parking and not for any

habitation purpose. Misuse of the area specified for parking of vehicles for any

other use shall be summarily demolished / removed by the Enforcement

Authority.

iv. For parking spaces in second basement and upper storey’s of parking floors, at

least two ramps of minimum 3.5 m width or one ramp of minimum 5.4 m width

and maximum slope of 1:8 shall be provided.

i. Basement / cellar shall be permitted to extend in the setback area except the

front setback after leaving a minimum of 1.5 m from the property line.

ii. A maximum of three basements in the case of 3-Star Hotels and above can be

permitted for parking and services



iii. Every basement storey shall be at least 2.4 m in height from the floor to the

bottom of the roof slab / beam / ceiling (whichever is less) and this height of

basement floor shall not exceed 2.75 m

iv. The basement storey shall not be projected more than 1.20 m above the average

ground level

12.3.8 Corridor

The minimum widths of corridor for different uses of building are as given in the Table

12.

TABLE – 12

Minimum Width of Corridors

Sl.

No. Building use or type

Minimum width of the

corridor in m

1 Residential building

Apartment building

1.0

2.0

2

Assembly buildings such as auditorium, Kalyana Mantapa, cinema

theatre, religious building, temple, mosque or church and other

buildings of public assembly or conference.

2.0

3 Institutional buildings such as:

a. Government office 2.0

b. Government Hospitals 2.4

c. Educational Buildings such as Schools, Colleges, Research

Institutions. 2.0

d. Commercial buildings such as private office, nursing homes,

lodges, etc. 2.0

e. All other buildings 1.5



12.3.9 Restrictions of building activity in vicinity of certain

areas:

a) No building/ development activity shall be allowed in the bed of water bodies like

nala, and in the Full Tank Level (FTL) of any lake, pond etc.

b) The above water bodies and courses shall be maintained as recreational/Green

buffer zone, and no building activity other than recreational use shall be carried out

within.

i) 30 meters from the boundary of Lake of 40.00 ha and 10 m for others.

ii) 9 meters from the boundaries of Canal / Raj Kaluve.

iii) 3 meters from the boundary of field natural drains as defined in the RS map /

topo sheets.

iv) The above shall be in addition to the mandatory setbacks. Unless and otherwise

stated, the area and the Full Tank Level (FTL) of a lake shall be reckoned as

measured or given in the Survey of India topographical maps/Irrigation Dept.

12.3.10 Distance of Building from Electrical Lines

No building shall be erected below an electrical line, as well as within the horizontal distance

from the electrical line indicated in the Table - 13. The vertical distance below the level of the

electrical line and the topmost surface of the building corresponding to the minimum

horizontal distance shall be as indicated in Table - 13. The minimum vertical clearance is not

applicable if the horizontal distance exceeds the minimum prescribed.

TABLE – 13

Distance of buildings from electrical lines

Sl. No.

Electrical lines Vertical clearance

in m

Horizontal clearance

in m

1 Low and medium voltage lines up to 11 KV

2.5 6.0

2 High voltage lines up to and including 11 KV

3.7 6.0

3 High voltage line above 11 and up to and including 33 KV

3.7 6.0



12.3.11 Solar Water Heater Requirements

Solar water heaters shall be provided as per the table for different categories of buildings.

TABLE – 14

Solar lighting and water heater requirements

Sl.

No. Type of use

100 litres per day shall be

provided for every unit

1 Restaurants service food and drinks with seating /

serving area of more than 100 sq m and above.

40 sq m of seating or serving

area

2 Lodging establishments and tourist homes 3 rooms

3 Hostel and guest houses 6 beds / persons capacity

4 Industrial canteens 50 workers

5 Nursing homes and hospitals 4 beds

6 Kalyana Mantapas, community hall and convention hall

(with dining hall and kitchen) 30 sq m of floor area

7 Recreational clubs 100 sq m of floor area

8 Residential buildings:

(a) Single dwelling unit measuring 200 sq m of floor area or site area of more than 400

sq m whichever is more.

(b) 500 lpcd for multi dwelling unit / apartments for every 5 units and multiples thereof.

9

Solar photovoltaic lighting systems shall be installed in multi unit residential buildings

(with more than five units) for lighting the set back areas, drive ways, and internal

corridors.

12.3.12 Rain Water Harvesting

Rain water harvesting is compulsory in all buildings of plots of size (9X12m) and

above, it includes storage or recharging into ground of rainwater falling on the terrace or on

any paved or unpaved surface within the building site.



The following systems may be adopted for harvesting the rainwater drawn from

terrace and the paved surface.

1. Open well of a minimum of 1.00 m dia. and 6.00 m in depth into which rainwater may

be channeled and allowed after filtration for removing silt and floating material. The

well shall be provided with ventilating covers. The water from the open well may be

used for non-potable domestic purposes such as washing, flushing and for watering

the garden, etc.

2. Rainwater harvesting for recharge of ground water may be done through a bore well

around which a pit of one meter width may be excavated up to a depth of at least 3.00

m and refilled with stone aggregate and sand. The filtered rainwater may be

channeled to the refilled pit for recharging the bore well.

3. An impervious storage tank of required capacity may be constructed in the setback or

other than, space and the rainwater may be channeled to the storage tank. The

storage tank may be raised to a convenient height above the surface and shall always

be provided with ventilating the surface and shall always be provided with ventilating

covers and shall have draw off taps suitably place so that the rain water may be

drawn off for domestic, washing, gardening and such other purposes. The storage

tanks shall be provided with an overflow.

4. The surplus rainwater after storage may be recharged into ground through percolation

pits, trenches, or combination of pits and trenches. Depending on the geomorphologic

and topographical condition, the pits may be of the size of 1.20 m width x 1.20 m

length x 2.00 m to 2.50 m depth. The trenches can be or 0.60 m width x 2.00 m to

6.00 m length x 1.50 m to 2.00 depth. Terrace water shall be channeled to pits or

trenches. Such pits or trenches shall be backfilled with filter media comprising the

following materials. –

i) 40 mm stone aggregate as bottom layer up to 50% of the depth;

ii) 20 mm stone aggregate as lower middle layer up to 20% of the depth;

iii) Course sand as upper middle layer up to 20% of the depth;

iv) A thin layer of fine sand as top layer;

v) Top 10% of the pits / trenches will be empty and a splash is to be provided in

this portion in such a way that roof top water falls on the splash pad;



vi) Brick masonry wall is to be constructed on the exposed surface of pits /

trenches and the cement mortar plastered;

vii) The depth of wall below ground shall be such that the wall prevents lose soil

entering into pits / trenches. The projection of the wall above ground shall at

least be 15 cm;

viii) Perforated concrete slabs shall be provided on the pits / trenches.

5. If the open space surrounding the building is not paved, the top layer up to a sufficient

depth shall be removed land refilled with course sand to allow percolation of rainwater

into ground.

The terrace shall be connected to the open well / bore well / storage tank /recharge pit

/trench by means of H.D.P.E. / P.V.C. pipes through filter media. A valve system shall be

provided to enable the first washings from roof or terrace catchments, as they would contain

undesirable dirt. The mouths of all pipes and opening shall be covered with mosquito (insect)

proof wire net. For the efficient discharge of rainwater, there shall be at least two rain water

pipes of 100 mm dia for a roof area of 100 sq m Rainwater harvesting structures shall be

sited as not to endanger the stability of building or earthwork. The structures shall be

designed such that o dampness is caused in any part of the walls or foundation of the

building or those of an adjacent building.

12.3.13 Facilities for Physically Handicapped Persons

Public and semi public buildings having covered area of 300 sq m and above shall be

designed and constructed to provide facilities to the physically handicapped persons as

prescribed in the Schedule-V of these Zoning Regulations.

SCHEDULE - V

Facilities for physically handicapped persons

These byelaws shall apply to the physically handicapped persons having the

following disabilities.-

i. Non-ambulatory disabilities: Impairments that regardless of cause or

manifestation, for all practical purposes, confine individuals to wheelchairs;

ii. Semi-ambulatory disabilities: Impairments that cause individuals to walk

difficulty or insecurity. Individuals using braces or crutches, amputees,



arthritics, spastics, and those with pulmonary land cardiac ills may be sent

ambulatory.

iii. Hearing disabilities: Deafness or hearing handicaps that make an individual

insecure in public areas because he is unable to communicate or hear

warning signals.

iv. Sight disabilities: Total blindness or impairments affecting sight to the extent

that the individual functioning in public areas is insecure or exposed to

danger.

a. Access Path/ Walk Way: The width of access path / walkway from plot entry and

surface parking to the building entry shall not be less than 1.80 m. It shall not have a

gradient exceeding 5%.

b. Surface Parking: At least two car spaces shall be provided at surface level near

entrance with maximum travel distance of 30.00 m from the building entrance.

c. Space for Wheel Chair Users: Adequate space shall be kept for the free movement

of wheel chairs. The standard size of wheel chairs shall be taken as 1050 mm x 750

mm the doors shall have a minimum width of 900 mm to facilitate the free movement

of wheel chairs.

d. Approval to Plinth Level: At least one entrance shall have approach through a

ramp. The ramp shall have a minimum width of 1.80 m with maximum gradient of

1:10.

e. Entrance Landing: Entrance landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp with the

minimum dimension of 1.80 m x 2.00 m.

f. Corridors: The minimum width of corridors shall be 1.80 m.

g. Staircase: The minimum width of staircase shall be 1.50 m. The minimum number of

risers on a flight shall be limited to 12. Size of treads shall not be less than 30 cm and

the height of risers shall not be more than 15 cm.

h. Lifts:

j) Wherever lifts are required to be installed as per bye-laws, provision of at least

one lift shall be made for the wheel chair users with the following cage

dimensions recommended for passenger lifts of 13 persons capacity by Bureau

of Indian Standards.

Clear internal depth 1100 mm (1.10 m)

Clear internal width 2000 m (2.00 m)

Entrance door width 900 mm (0.90)



ii) The lift lobby shall have a minimum inside measurement of (1.80 x 1.80) m.

j. Toilets: One special water closet in a set of toilets shall be provided for the use of

handicapped persons with wash basin keeping in view the following provisions.-

i. The minimum size of toilet shall be 1.50 m x 1.75 m.

ii. The maximum height of the W.C. set shall be 0.50 m above the floor.

k. Hand Rails: Hand rails shall be provided for ramps, staircases, lifts and toilets. The

height of hand rails shall be normally 800 mm above the floor level. If the building is

meant for the predominant use of children, the height of hand rails may be suitably

altered.

l. Guiding / Warning Floor Material: The floor material to guide or to warn the visually

impaired persons with a change of colour or material with conspicuously different

texture and easily distinguishable from the rest of the surrounding floor materials is

called guiding or warning floor material. The material with different texture shall give

audible signals with sensory warning when person moves on this surface with

walking stick. The guiding / warning floor material is meant to give the directional

effect or warn a person at critical places. This floor material shall be provided in the

following areas:

i. The access path to the building and to the parking area;

ii. The landing lobby towards the information board, reception, lifts, staircase and

toilets;

iii. At the beginning / end of walkway where there is vehicular traffic;

iv. At the location abruptly changing in level and at the beginning / end of ramp;

v. At the entrance / exit of the building.

m. Proper Signage: Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building for

the handicapped persons should be done with proper signage. Visually impaired

persons make use of other senses such as hearing and touch to compensate for the

lack of vision; whereas visual signals shall benefit those with hearing disabilities.

Signs should be designed and located such that they are easily legible by using

suitable letter size (not less than 20 mm size). For visually impaired persons,

information board in Braille should be installed on the wall at a suitable height and it

should be possible to approach them closely. To ensure safe walking there should

not be any protruding sign, which creates obstruction in walking.

The symbols / illustrations should be in contrasting colour and properly illuminated so that

with limited vision one may be able to differentiate amongst primary colours.



12.3.14 Security Deposit

The applicant shall deposit a sum of Rs. 50/- per sq m of floor area as refundable

non-earning deposit for the following categories of buildings namely:

a) Residential Buildings/ Group Housing/Multi-Dwellings/Apartments with 5 units or

more.

b) Commercial Buildings exceeding 300 sq m of floor area. The security deposit

shall be refunded after one year of completion of the building as per approved

plan certified by Development or Local Authority. If the construction is not as per

the approved plan, the deposit would be forfeited.

12.3.15 General rules

The following shall be considered while enforcing the zoning regulations for all types of

developments:

I. Conversions

a. Conversions prior to the provisional approval of Interim Master Plan (28.4.2007) as

per GO dated 12.12.2008 are to be honored irrespective of the land use proposed in

the Master Plan except in cases of road alignment, natural drains and water bodies.

b. The government is the competent authority to permit change of land use under the

act. It is further classified that the permission accorded by high power

committee/government/single window shall be deemed to be given as, if planning

authority has provided its opinion to government under the procedure specified

under section 14-A of the KTCP Act 1961.

c. All layouts approved by the Authority Shall be deemed to have been reserved for the

purpose for which they are approved, provided they have been approved before the

approval of Master Plan.

II. Application of land use:



a. The proposed land use indicated towards the roadside of a property shall be

the land use for the entire property (one property depth not exceeding 50 m)

without identifying it for different uses by measuring as per the scale of the

maps. This is applicable only to the built-up area as shown in the existing land

use map.

b. Different uses permitted in a given zone may be allowed in different floors of

the building. In such cases, the regulations applicable to the use of the

ground floor of the building shall apply to the entire building.

c. In case of uses granted under special circumstances/change of land use, as

the case may be, the higher of the setback and the lower of the FAR

applicable to the original land use /change of land use as the case may be

shall be applicable.

d. The proposed alignments of STRR, IRR, RR, TRR, Expressway etc., are to

be incorporated. In case of any changes in the alignment by the competent

Authority, the same would prevail over MP proposal.

e. Any discrepancies with respect of revenue survey numbers, actual alignment

of HT lines, existing roads, nala alignment and water bodies in the MP shall

be resolved by field and documentary verification by the Authority and also in

comparison with the ground reality/cadastral map

f. In case of change in alignment of roads, H T line or nala indicated in the MP,

the adjacent higher land use abutting the alignment before change shall be

considered.

g. The Government directions for considering the approval of layouts are

protected under special circumstances.

h. If the alignment of the existing road is shifted in the MP, the existing road as

on ground reality/ cadastral map may be considered for the proposed road

widening. The higher land use abutting the shifted road shall be considered

accordingly.



widening. The higher land use abutting the shifted road shall be considered

accordingly.

III. Setbacks i. The front and rear setbacks shall be with reference to depth of the site.

ii. Left and right setbacks shall be with reference to width of the site.

iii. No side setbacks shall be insisted upon only in the case of reconstruction of

existing building where traditional row housing type of development exists and

in areas specifically provided under the Zonal Regulations.

iv. The provision of setbacks should be read with tables prescribed for floor area

ratio, coverage etc., for different type of buildings.

v. When the building lines are fixed, the front set back shall not be less than the

building line fixed or the minimum front set back prescribed whichever is

higher.

vi. In the case of corner sites both the sides facing the road shall be treated as

front side and regulations applied accordingly to maintain the building line on

these two roads and to provide better visibility.

vii. In case where the building line is not parallel to the property line, the front and

rear setbacks shall not be less than the specified setbacks at any point.

viii. In case of building sanctioned prior to coming into force of these rules which

are abutting other properties on one, two or more sides, upper floors may be

permitted, to utilize the available FAR except in the front to enable road

widening, if any.

ix. In case of irregular plots setbacks are to be calculated according to the depth

or width at the points where the depth or width are varying. In such cases,

average setbacks should not be fixed at as they may effect minimum set back

at any point.



x. The left and right set-backs may be interchanged by the Authority in

exceptional cases due to existing structures like: open well and also

considering the topography of the land.

i. Higher FAR should be permitted only within 200m radius of any transit hub or

major interchanges (Railway station , metro or BRT station ).

ii. In case of sites availing additional FAR / FSI, the permissible ground

coverage should be reduced by 20% for the area above 500sqm.This shall be

limited to a minimum coverage of 15%.

iii. Foot path and utility services are provided on either sides roads for 18m &

above roads for minimum of 2.0m to 3.0m width.

iv. Pedestrian only zones shall be identified and marked along with time bound

action plan for achieving the same.

v. Commercial, office use shall be permitted and even encouraged in all

transport hubs and interchanges like TTMC, IMTH etc.

vi. Bus- bays shall be indicated on the layout approval drawings within the

layouts at the time of approval (Above 18M).

vii. The turning radii of roads at the junctions/ intersection designs shall be as per

the IRC code for intersection design for urban roads and shall include space

required for signals and utilities along with the signage.

viii. The parking requirements shall be 50% of the parking shown against the uses

in case of commercial/ service industry are proposed to be developed in the

transit stations/ terminals / interchanges i.e. TTMCs IMTC.

ix. The cross-sections in the annexure shall be applicable in case of

development of the road of applicable classification. In case additional Row is

available the order of priority for the space allocation shall be as below:

Pedestrian sidewalk

Central Verge/median for pedestrian refuge

Cycle path

Plantation zone

Bus bay xi. Carriageway



IV. NOC

i. For all the high-rise buildings NOC from the following departments shall be

obtained.

a. Fire force department.

b. K.U.W.S.& D.B.

c. K.P.T.C.L./BESCOM

d. Telecommunication department

e. Karnataka State Pollution Control Board

ii. A Traffic Impact Study shall be submitted along with other applicable documents

for permission where possible developable area is not less than 2000 sq. m. in

case of commercial or industrial uses. The authority may reject or accept or may

seek the opinion of Directorate of Urban Land Transport on the traffic impact

study and approve the development with or without such conditions as it deems

fit.

iii. For all Development Plans, Apartment Buildings and Residential Layouts which

come under the category stipulated by the Karnataka State Pollution Control

Board (K.S.P.C.B.), necessary NOC from K.S.P.C.B. shall be furnished.

iv. For Cinema theatres, the setbacks and other provisions shall be as per

Karnataka Cinematography Act and Rules.

V. Road width

a) Road width means distance between the boundaries of a road including footways

and drains.

b) If the road width varies along the length of road, then the minimum width of the road

along 200 m stretch on either side, from the centre of the plot shall be considered.

c) In case of roads having service roads in addition to the main roads, the width of

road shall be aggregate width of service roads and main roads for determining FAR

and number of floors.

d) When a portion of land is at different/split levels, then the width of the road to be

considered for determining F.A.R., shall be the aggregate width of the roads which

are at different levels.



VI. Means of Access

The means of exclusive access, which would be other than through public roads and streets,

shall not be of more than 30 m length from the existing public roads and streets The

minimum width of such access shall be 3.5 m. FAR and height of buildings coming up on

such plots shall be regulated according to the width of public street or road. If the means of

access exceeds 30.0 m in length, FAR shall be regulated with reference to the width of such

access road. Construction of buildings on plots with common access/lanes from the public

road/street shall be regulated according to width of such common access roads/lanes.

VII. Garages

a) For garages no side or rear setbacks are to be insisted. One upper floor not

exceeding 3.0 m. in height shall be permitted provided no openings are provided

towards neighboring buildings and at least one opening for light and ventilation is

provided towards the owners property.

b) Garages shall be permitted in the rear right hand corner of the plot. In cases of

buildings constructed or sanctioned prior to the enforcement of these regulations,

where space is not available on the right side, it may be permitted on the left side

provided minimum setback exists in the adjoining property of the left side.

c) In case of corner plots, the garage shall be located at the rear corner diagonally

opposite to the road intersection.

d) The maximum width of the garage shall not exceed 4 m and the depth should not

be more than 6.0m or 1/3 the depth of the plot, whichever is lower.

e) The garages shall not be constructed or reconstructed within 4.5m from road edge.

This may be relaxed in cases where the garage forms part of the main building with

minimum setback for the plot.

VIII.Plots facing the roads proposed for widening:

In case of a plot facing the road proposed for widening, the required land as

indicated in the master plan for road widening shall be handed over to the local

Authority free of cost by a „„Relinquishment deed” by the owner of the land before

sanction is accorded to his plan;



a) The FAR shall be allowed as applicable to the total area of the site without

deducting the area to be taken over for road widening, provided at least 60% of the

site area is available for use as a building site after the proposed road widening;

and set back shall be determined for the remaining portion of the plot.

b) Existing road width abutting the site shall be considered for calculating the FAR.

Benefit of Development Rights shall be extended in such cases as per the

provisions of Section 14-B of KTCP Act 1961

IX.Exemption in open space:

The following exemptions in open space shall be permitted

a) Cantilever Portico: A cantilever portico of 3.0 m width (maximum) and 4.5 m

length (maximum) may be permitted in the ground floor within the side set back. No

access is permitted to the top of the portico for using it as a sit out. Height of the

portico shall be open to sky. The portico when allowed shall have a clear open

space of one meter from the boundary of the property.

b) Balcony: The projection of the balcony shall be measured perpendicular to the

building up to the outermost edge of the balcony. Cantilever projection of the

balcony shall be permitted not exceeding 1/3 of the setback subject to a maximum

of 1.1 m in the first floor and 1.75 m in and above the second floor. No balcony is

allowed within the minimum setback area at the ground floor level. The length of

the balcony shall be limited to 1/3 of the length of each side of the building.

8) Lifts: Lifts shall be provided for buildings with ground plus three floors and above.

9) Parking space: Adequate space for car parking shall be provided in the premises as

per standards in Table - 11.

X. Water supply: Bore well shall be provided in all high rise buildings to provide

alternative source of water supply where the Karnataka Urban Water Supply and

Drainage Board so desires and the strata is capable of yielding water.

XI. Height of building: In the reckoning of height of buildings, headroom, lift room,

water tanks on terrace, penthouse may be excluded.



XII. Road alignment: In case of buildings that have been permitted lawfully by

Town Municipal Council or Planning Authority and if such structures are obstruction

to the alignment of the proposed roads in the Master Plan, 2031, such road

alignment shall be re-looked into by the Authority and decision may be taken

suitably.

XIII. Permissions: All permissions accorded by Govt. or by the Planning Authority

shall be treated as conforming uses irrespective of the classification made in the

Master Plan, 2031. This is to be allowed on a case by case basis only.

XIV. New additions to existing buildings:

In case of buildings which are existing prior to coming into force of these regulations,

upper floors may be permitted according to the existing coverage subject to limitation of

height, F.A.R., Building Line or any road widening proposals in accordance with present

regulations.

12.4 SUB-DIVISION REGULATIONS

The purpose of these regulations is to guide the development of new areas in accordance

with the land use plan. As long as this is done on sound planning principles with adequate

space standards, the future of the Town is assured. This will not necessitate costly

corrective measures, which would become necessary, if sub-standard growth is allowed to

take place. These sub-division regulations are confined to standards of size of plots, street

widths and community facilities.

In sanctioning the sub-division of a plot under section 17 of the Karnataka Town and Country

Planning Act, 1961, the Planning Authority shall among other things see that the following

planning standards are followed for sub-division of plot.

The Authority reserves the right to modify the layout submitted by the applicant / owner and

may impose any condition either from the planning point of view or in the interest of public.

A. Amalgamation:

i. In the case of amalgamation, the proposed sites shall have the same land

use.



ii. Ownership of the amalgamated plot could be in a single or multiple

names/family members/ company. But, amalgamation shall not be considered

if the plots are under lease agreement.

iii. Development controls for the amalgamated plot shall be with reference to

new dimensions.

B. Bifurcation:

i. In the case of all bifurcations, whether corner site or intermediate site, front

setback for the resulting site abutting the road shall be the same as that of the

original site and not that of the subdivided site.

ii. A Plot/ Site which is a part of the Sub division plan/layout/scheme duly

approved by the Authority may be further bifurcated with prior permission of

Authority and the sub divided plot shall not be less than the prescribed size of

the plot.

iii. Bifurcated plot shall not be less than 54 sq m. Bifurcated plot shall have a

minimum of 3.5 m access.

iv. The bifurcated plot shall have a minimum of 4.5 m frontage. This condition

shall not apply to family partition sites.

12.4.1 Norms for Approval of Sub-division of plot or Layout Plan

12.4.1A Approval of residential layout:

a) Size of plot

No building plot resulting from a sub-division after these regulations come into force is

smaller in size than 54 sq m in residential zone. In specific cases of sites for housing

schemes for economically weaker sections, low income groups, slum clearance and Ashraya

housing, the authority may relax the above condition.

b) Areas for open spaces and civic amenities

The minimum area, areas for open space and civic amenities and roads while sanctioning of

layout for residential purpose shall be subject to the following conditions:



i. The minimum area for approval of a layout shall not be less than 1.0 ha provided that

if a single owner does not possess the entire 1.0ha, a group of owners may jointly

apply to the Authority.

ii. In case of already land locked areas where the amalgamation of 1.0Ha. is not at all

possible, the Authority may consider lesser areas, provided minimum 10% of

Open space and 5% of Civic amenity space shall be reserved.

iii. The area earmarked for residential sites shall be a maximum of 55% of the total

extent.

iv. Balance area shall be earmarked for roads, parks, and playgrounds and civic

Amenities and the area under parks and playgrounds shall not be less than 10%

of the total extent.

v. Areas covered under Park Zones, Valleys, lake/nalla buffer etc may be shown as

park in the layout plan.

vi. If by incorporating major roads proposed in the Master Plan, the area under roads

exceeds 45%, in such case the reservation under parks and civic amenities may

be relaxed.

vii. A maximum of 3% of the total area from out of the permissible residential area may

be earmarked for commercial uses.

viii. The area reserved for parks and open spaces, civic amenities and roads shall be

handed over to the Planning Authority free of cost through a registered

relinquishment deed before taking up development of the layout.

ix. Minimum width of road width shall not be less than 9.00 m. for plots upto 200 Sq M

and for bigger plots the road width shall not be less than 12.00 m.

x. In case of EWS sites the minimum road width may be 7.5m

xi. The land in question shall be converted for non agricultural purpose.

xii. The land shall be access from public road and the use of land shall be in accordance

with the zonal regulations of master plan.

xiii. The necessary development charges shall be paid to the concerned UDA / Local

Authority. This fee is in addition to recovery of fee under Section 18 of K.T.C.P

Act and other fees/charges prescribed by the Government from time to time.



xiv. Whenever the total area proposed for formation of layout exceeds 10acres, then

adequate extent of land may be earmarked for provision / installation of utilities like

transformer, sewage treatment plant, overhead water tank, bus bay / shelter, etc. this

area may be taken into calculation under either CA or Park as the case may be.

Decision of the Authority in this regard shall be final.

xv. Landscaping on the streets/ sideways/ sidewalks for better green cover shall be

insisted for roads with road width of 15 m and above at the time of approval for

development (layouts/ Development Plan/ building plan).

xvi. While developing a land, if for any reason, the road has to be stopped without

continuation, and then cul-de-sac with turnaround area of 9 m radius of the end shall

be provided.

12.4.1B Approval of single plot for residential purpose

Any extent of land can be approved as single plot subject to the following conditions:

i. The land in question is converted for residential purpose.

ii. The land shall have access from the public road and the use of land shall be in

accordance with the Zonal Regulations of the Master Plan.

iii. The Authority shall collect the fee under Section 18 of the K.T.C.P. Act and

development charges and any other fees and charges prescribed by the Government

from time to time. In addition, fee for Rejuvenation of lake/tank as per section 18(A)

of the K T C P Act, 1961 at the rate of Rs. 1,00,000/- per acre shall be levied and

collected as per the Government circular No. Na A Ee 90 BMR 2010 dated 29-9-

2010.

iv. In case owner of any land who has obtained approval for single plot desires to sub-

divide his plot at a later stage, he shall obtain approval by the Authority treating it as

sub-division of land and the norms applies accordingly as prescribed in the Zoning

Regulations.

v. If any roads proposed in master plan shall be incorporated in the plan and shall be

handed over to the authority free of cost.



vi. The necessary development charges shall be paid to the concerned UDA / Local

Authority. This fee is in addition to recovery of fee under Section 18 of K.T.C.P Act

and other fees/charges prescribed by the Government from time to time.

12.4.1C Approval of Non-Residential layouts

A. If the non-residential layout for approval consists of only one single unit,

approval shall be given subject to the following conditions:

I. The land in question shall be converted for non-agricultural purpose.

II. Any extent of land can be approved as single plot.

III. The land shall be access from public road and the use of land shall be in

accordance with the zonal regulations of master plan.

IV. The minimum road width shall be 12m.

V. A minimum 5% of the total extent of land shall be reserved for vehicle parking

and this shall be in addition to the parking space prescribed in the Zoning

Regulations as per the total floor area of the building.

VI. A minimum 10% of the total extent shall be earmarked as park and open

space.

VII. Areas covered under Parks Zones, Valleys, lake/nallah buffer etc may be

shown as park in the development plan.

VIII. The area reserved for vehicle parking and open space shall be maintained by

the landowner and this land shall not be used for any other purpose by the

landowner.

IX. The Planning Authority shall collect the fee under section 18 of K.T.C.P. Act

and development charges applicable and any other fees and charges

prescribed by the Government from time to time.

X. In case owner of any land who obtained approval for single plot desires to

sub-divide his plot at later stage, he shall obtain approval of Authority for sub

division of plots as per prescribed norms.



B. If the non-residential layout for approval consists of two or more number of

plots, the following conditions shall apply:

i. The land in question shall be converted for non-agricultural purpose.

ii. The land shall be access from public road and the use of land shall be

in accordance with the zonal regulations of master plan.

iii. A minimum 5% of the total extent of land shall be reserved for vehicle

parking and this shall be in addition to the parking space

prescribed in the Zoning Regulations as per the total floor area of the

building.

iv. A minimum 10% of the total extent of land shall be earmarked as park

and open space.

v. Minimum width of road shall not be less than 12.0m.

vi. The area earmarked for parking, park and open space and roads shall

be handed over to the local authority at free of cost for maintenance.

vii. The Planning Authority shall collect the fee under Section 18 of

K.T.C.P. Act and development charges and any other fees and

charges prescribed by the Government from time to time.

12.4.1D Regulations for Redevelopment Schemes

In case of Slum Redevelopment Scheme, taken up by the Karnataka Housing Board

and Karnataka Slum Clearance Board, the following regulations given in the table –

15 below shall be applicable.

TABLE-15

SI.

No.

Regulations for Slum Redevelopment Scheme

1 Land Use Allocation

For rehabilitation scheme, procedure as per Section 14 A of Karnataka Town &

Country Planning Act may be dispensed with in agricultural zone of approved Master

Plan after consultation with the Director of Town and Country Planning and for re-

development within the conurbation area shall be as per the Zonal Regulation and



Master Plan proposals.

2 FAR & Ground Coverage taken up in the same location.

Extent in Ha Coverage FAR Min. Road width Min. all-

round set

back

Up to 0.4 60% 3.0 6m for buildings < 15m

height and 9m for > 15 m

height

6 m

Above 0.4 up to

0.8

60% 3.0 9m for buildings< 15m ht

and 12 m for > 15 m ht

7.5 m

Above 0.8 60% 3.0 12.0 m 9.0 m

3 FAR & Ground Coverage for a relocation scheme.

Road width in m. Coverage FAR Set backs

Less than 12 60% 2.00

As per Table 2 or 3 of

these Regulations

Above 12 and Up to 18 55% 2.25

Above 18 and up to 24 55% 2.50

Above 24 and up to 30 50% 3.00

Above 30 50% 3.25

4 Minimum Open space and Civic Amenity area

Open space and Civic Amenity area shall be 15% of total sital area. Out of 15%, not

less than 10% shall be reserved for park area and the rest reserved for Civic Amenity

area. Such areas need not be handed over free of cost to the Authority

5 Commercial

2% of the total area may be reserved for Commercial use subject to fulfillment of

parking area.

6

Set-backs

As shown in item number 2 & 3

7 Distance between the blocks

Up to 15 m height 6.0 m minimum & Above 15m height 9.Om minimum shall be



12.4.2 Standard of Roads

a) Layouts

Minimum Right of Way for streets proposed in layouts is as per Table 16.

Table-16

Standard of Roads/streets in layouts

Sl.

No Length and category of streets

Minimum right of way

in m

1 Residential

a) Up to 180 m 9.00 m

b) Above180 m Up to 500m 12.00 m

c) Above 500 m 18.00 m

d) Collector street (minor roads) 12.00 m

e) Major collector roads (feeder streets) 18.00 m

f) Arterial roads 18m,24m and 30 m

2 Commercial

a) Retail 12.00 m

b) Others 15.00 m

3 Industrial

a) Up to 2.0 Hectare 12.00 m

b) Above 2.0 Hectare 15.00 m



b) Single Plot Layouts

One public through fare road shall be provided at the edges of the property as per

the extent of land as shown in the Table – 17 below.

Table-17

Standard of Roads/streets in layouts

Sl.

No

Single plot layout for Extent of layout

1.00 to

2.00 ha

2.00 to

5.00 ha

Above

5.00 ha

1 Residential 9.00 m road 12.00 m road 18.00 m road

2 Commercial 12.00m road 18.00 m road 24.00 m road

3 Industrial and other uses 12.00m road 18.00 m road 24.00 m road

12.4.3 Standards for Civic Amenities, Parks & Play Grounds

Standards for Civic Amenities, Parks & Play Grounds regarding minimum area with respect

to population per unit of different facilities are presented in Table 18 and 19 respectively.

1. Civic Amenities

TABLE – 18

Standards for Civic Amenities

Particulars Population

per unit Area in ha.

a) Educational Facilities:

i) Nursery School (age group 3 to 6 years) 1,000

As per the Standards of

Respective Departments

ii) Basic primary and Higher primary school

(age group 6 to 14 years) 3,500 to 4,500

iii) Higher secondary school (age group 14 to

17 years) 15,000

iv) College 50,000



b) Health Facilities:

i) Dispensary 5,000 As per the Standards of

Respective Departments ii) Health Centre 20,000

c) Other facilities:

i) Post and Telegraph 10,000

As per the Standards of

Respective Departments

ii) Police Station 10,000

iii) Religious Building 3,000

iv) Filling Station 15,000

2.Parks, play ground and open spaces

The area standards and population benchmarks to be followed for providing parks,

playground and open spaces are given in Table 19 below.

TABLE – 19

Standards for Parks, play ground and open spaces

Sl. No. Category Population

per unit

Area in

hectares (min.)

1. Tot-lot 500 0.05

2. Children park 2,000 0.20

3. Neighborhood play ground 1,000 0.20

4. Neighborhood park 5,000 0.80

12.4.4 Building Line

Building lines are prescribed for some important roads in Hosakote town as presented in

Table -20. Front setback is also prescribed separately for various types of buildings. The

higher of the two shall be the minimum open space in order to have better street architecture

and also to facilitate road widening proposal if any in future.



TABLE –20

Proposed Building Line

Sl. No.

Name of the Road Proposed right of way (m)

Building line from the edge of ROW (m)

1 STRR 90.0 10.0

2 IRR 90.0 10.0

3 ITRR 90.0 10.0

4 RR 60 6.0

NOTE:

For National Highways, State highways, Major District roads, other district roads and village

roads standards specified (road width, building lines etc.,) by the Ministry of Surface

Transport, Government of India are to be followed vide Govt. Notification No: UDD 251 BMR

2005, dated 22-12-2005 and other circulars of Government of Karnataka)

For all existing roads of width more than 15m shall be provided minimum of 3m building line.



ANNEXURE I- Road Cross- Section

Fig 1- Arterial Road Cross- Section (RoW- 45m)

Fig 2- Sub- Arterial Road Cross- Section (RoW- 35m



Fig 3- Sub- Arterial Road Cross- Section (RoW- 27m)

Fig 4- Collector road cross- section- (RoW- 24m)

Fig 5- Collector road with centre bus lane cross- section- (RoW- 25m)

ANNEXURES

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Annexures

Sky Group P a g e | i

ANNEXURE 1: GOVERNMENT NOTIFICATION


Sky Group P a g e | ii



Sky Group P a g e | iii


Sky Group P a g e | iv



Sky Group P a g e | v


Sky Group P a g e | vi


Sky Group P a g e | vii


Sky Group P a g e | viii



Sky Group P a g e | ix


Sky Group P a g e | x

ANNEXURE 5: CHANGES MADE FROM INTERIM MASTER PLAN TO MASTER PLAN – 2031

Some of the Landuse proposed in the I.M.P. has been changed due to Tanks & water

bodies as per cadastral data (R.S.Map) has been incorporated which are not considered at the time

of I.M.P. Some of the approved layouts prior to approval of I.M.P. has been incorporated which are

not considered in the I.M.P. and Existing developments on ground has been considered and change

of landuse as per section 14 A and 14 A (3) of Karnataka Town & Planning Act has been

Incorporated and proper planning and zoning has been made. The Existing Brick Industry in the

Proposed Agriculture Zone has been removed. Since it’s an allowable use in the Agriculture zone.

Residential land uses assigned around settlements and pockets in agricultural zone has

been removed and it is restricted village settlements and provision for natural expansion of the village

has been made in Zoning Regulations.

Some of the roads proposed in I.M.P have been realigned/omitted which are passing

through Tanks, Existing developments approved layouts etc, some of the new roads are introduced in

order make a Proper zoning between the different Land uses and connectivity.

STRR, IRR, ITRR & RR Roads are realigned and incorporated as per the notification of

BMRDA with Reference SECON Survey Drawings.

Most of the Changes in land uses from I.M.P to Master plan has been effected in the

Master Plan based on the committee direction and following criteria’s, listed of changes effected are

also annexed as Planning District wise.

Existing development & trend of development.

DULT direction regarding circulation Pattern & Transportation Facilities.

Structure Plan guide lines.

Changes in the alignment of STRR/IRR/ITRR/RR.

Government directions

Approved Interim Master Plan

The following are the changes from IMP to MP 2031, listed Planning District wise.


Sky Group P a g e | xi

PLANNING DISTRICT 1 - SARJAPURA

SL VILLAGE NAME SURVEY NO IMP USE MP USE Reason for Change in Landuse

1 Doddathimmasandra 155 to 158, & Surroundings

Agriculture Residential Approved Layout has been Incorporated Which is not considered in IMP

2 Mugalur 146,147 & 158 Industrial Residential Approved Layout has been Incorporated Which is not considered in IMP

3 Mugalur 118 to 128 Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

4 Panditana Agrahara 9,11,12,13 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

5 Panditana Agrahara 44,97 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

6 Panditana Agrahara 94 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

7 Kuthaganahalli 67 & Surroundings Commercial Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

8 Gudighattanahalli (B) 27 to 54 Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

9 Gudighattanahalli (B) 81 & 2 to 12 Industrial Water Bodies

Park & Open space Cadastral Tank & Tank buffer has been Incorporated with Zoning

10 Gudighattanahalli (B) 65,68, 90 to 98 Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated

11 Thindlu 16 & Tank Surroundings Industrial Water Bodies



Sky Group P a g e | xii

12 Thindlu 140 to 147 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

13 Thindlu STRR Alignment STRR Alignment has been changed as per the notification BMRDA

14 Mahal Chowdadenahalli 110, 121 to 125 & Surroundings

Agriculture Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

17 Sompura 56,57, & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

18 Kadagrahara 15,16,17 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

19 Chambenahalli 41,44,45 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

20 Chambenahalli 36,117 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

21 Chambenahalli 74,84,85 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

22 Ittangur 79 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

23 Sarjapura 27,28,60 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

24 Sarjapura 48,55 & Surroundings Industrial Park & Open space Tank buffer has been Incorporated with Zoning

25 Sarjapura 405,406 & 408 Industrial Residential Approved Layout has been Incorporated


Sky Group P a g e | xiii

26 Sarjapura 430 Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated

27 Sarjapura 324,327 Industrial Residential Approved Layout has been Incorporated

28 Sarjapura 188,60 Industrial

Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated

29 Sarjapura 185,187 Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated

30 Sarjapura NH-207 Industrial Residential Connectivity of NH-207 has been Updated

PLANNING DISTRICT 2 - ATTIBELE


1 Attibele 131,132 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

2 Arehalli 72,99,100 Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

3 Adigarakallahalli 43, 44, 105 & Surroundings

Agriculture Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

4 S.Medihalli 145,146 & Surroundings Agriculture Park & Open space Between two tanks buffer has been created

5 S.Medihalli 32,42,45 & Surroundings Agriculture

Residential Public &

Semipublic Park & Open space

Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly


Sky Group P a g e | xiv

6 Bilchikkanahalli 1,3,4 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

7 Bilchikkanahalli 10,11,12 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

8 Bilchikkanahalli 4,3,8 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

9 Bhaktipura 69,70,71 & Surroundings Commercial

Industrial Residential

Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated

10 Kotiganahalli 7,8,9 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

11 Bikkanahalli 16 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

12 Sollepura 63 & 125,58 & Surroundings

Industrial Water Bodies


13 Gopasandra 38,39 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

14 Narayanaghatta 8 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

15 Narayanaghatta 5 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

16 Narayanaghatta 26,27 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

17 Bendiganahalli 57,58 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout & Existing development has been the area is planned accordingly


Sky Group P a g e | xv

18 Indlabele 159,191 & Surroundings Commercial Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

19 Chikkanahalli 13,29 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

20 Attibele 37,132 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

21 Attibele 337,338 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout & Existing development has been the area is planned accordingly

22 Muthasandra 51,52 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

23 Manchanahalli 41 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

24 Kamblipura 45,46 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

25 Itchangur 46,98 & Surroundings Agriculture Park & Open space Tank buffer has been Incorporated with Zoning

26 Yadavanahalli 20,160 & Surroundings Residential Public &

Semipublic Medical College CLU

27 Heelalige 22,24 & 43 Agriculture Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

28 Laxmi Sagara 92,93,119 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

29 Laxmi Sagara 45,46,47 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly


Sky Group P a g e | xvi

30 Neralur 234,262 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

31 Neralur 240,241 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

32 Neralur 240,241 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

33 Guddahatti 64,65,74 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

34 Kamblipura 46,48 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

35 Kamblipura 43 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

PLANNING DISTRICT 3 - JIGANI


1 Kachanaikanahalli 22,24 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

2 Ramakrishnapura 22,23 Commercial Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

3 Ramakrishnapura 44,45 & Surroundings Residential Public &

Semipublic Govt Lands

4 Ramakrishnapura 62,54 & Surroundings Residential Industrial Existing Escort Training Center has been Updated

5 Hosahalli 10,11 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly


Sky Group P a g e | xvii

6 Hosahalli 10,48 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

6 Haragadde 3,99 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

7 Haragadde 22,23 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

8 Haragadde 60,61 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

9 Kumbaranahalli 95,96 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

10 Nosenur 5,46,47 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

11 Bommandahalli 74,63,99 & Surroundings

Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

12 Konasandra 69,73 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

13 Kalbalu 45,87 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Existing development has been the area is planned accordingly

14 Kalbalu 26,27 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

15 Bukkasagara 70,183 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

16 Bukkasagara 104,105 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly


Sky Group P a g e | xviii

17 Bukkasagara 123,124 & Surroundings Park & Open

space Residential

Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

18 Koppa 160,190,194 & Surroundings

Agriculture Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse Existing development has been the area is planned accordingly

19 Bommandahalli 68 Industrial Park & Open

space Water Logging Area

20 Bommandahalli 4,7 & Surroundings Industrial Park & Open

space Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

21 Vaderamanchanahalli 13,73 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

22 Dyavasandra 63,64 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

23 Iggalur 130 Commercial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

24 Kittaganahalli 2,30 Commercial Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

25 Kittaganahalli 2,31 Commercial Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

26 Bommasandra 128 Agriculture Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

27 Bommasandra 69,70 & Surroundings Park & Open

space Residential

Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

28 Yarandahalli 16 Residential Commercial Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated


Sky Group P a g e | xix

29 Kyalasanahalli 84,85 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

30 Kyalasanahalli 100, 101 & Surroundings

Agriculture Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

PLANNING DISTRICT 4 - ANEKAL


1 Marasur 400,515 & Surroundings Park & Open

space Residential

K.H.B. Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

2 Marasur 320,321 & Surroundings Commercial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

3 Marasur 68,69 & Surroundings Commercial Residential Approved Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

4 Lingapura 101,119,133 & Surroundings Park & Open

space Residential

K.H.B. Layout has been the area is planned accordingly

5 Neralur 113,115 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

6 Madivala 42,163,227,253 & Surroundings

Agriculture Industrial

Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

7 Marasur Agrahara 14,15 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

8 M.Medihalli 28,41 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly


Sky Group P a g e | xx

9 Rachamanahalli 38,46 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

10 Samandur Channena Agrahara Submangala

Agriculture Transport &

Communications Proposed Fright Corridor between Railway & SH-87 as per Structure Plan guidelines

11 Avadadenahalli 23,24 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

12 Bestammanahalli 93,108 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

13 Bidaragere 189,195 & Surroundings Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

14 Gudnahalli 66,67 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

15

Honnakalasapura 33

Agriculture Water Body Changed as per cadastral data

16

Chikka Hagade 20,21,22,23

Public and Semi Public

PSP + Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

17

Anekal TMC 248

Agriculture Park and open

space Existing stadium

18

Hompalghatta 17, 18, 19, 78

Agriculture Residential Existing development has been Incorporated

19

Muthagatti 591, 566, 592, 586, 71

Agriculture Residential Existing development has been Incorporated

20

Anekal TMC

556 Agriculture Park and open space

Catchment arch of the tank


Sky Group P a g e | xxi

21

Anekal TMC 132, 133

Park and open space

Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated

22

Anekal TMC 165,161,97,165,164,163,96,95,102

Industry Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

23

Karpur 52,53,54,55,56,57,59

Industry Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly

24 Thattanahalli 39,40 Industry Residential Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned accordingly



27 Kammasandra Agrahara

40,41 Park and open space

Residential Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated

28 Iggalur 30,31 Public and Semi

Public Residential

Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated


Sky Group P a g e | xi

ANNEXURE 6- Road Cross- Section

Fig 1- Arterial Road Cross- Section (RoW- 45m)



Sky Group P a g e | xii


Fig 4- Collector road cross- section- (RoW- 24m)


Sky Group P a g e | xiii

Fig 5- Collector road with centre bus lane cross- section- (RoW- 25m)

Fig 6- Local street cross- section- (RoW- 11m)

Anekal Planning Authority

# 430, “Anna” Hennagara Gate, Hosur Main Road,

Bangalore – 560099 Ph: 080-27836569

Email: [email protected]

Web: www.anekal-pa.in

mailto:[email protected]

Documents

Anekal LPA Provisional ZR 2031